Constitutive Modelling of Anisotropic Sheet Metals Based on a Non-Associated Flow Rule
Transcript of Constitutive Modelling of Anisotropic Sheet Metals Based on a Non-Associated Flow Rule
Constitutive Modelling of Anisotropic Sheet Metals Based on a Non-Associated Flow Rule
Modelleren van het constitutief gedrag van anisotroop plaatmateriaalgebaseerd op een niet-associatief vloeimodel
Mohsen Safaei
Promotor: prof. dr. ir. W. De WaeleProefschrift ingediend tot het behalen van de graad van Doctor in de Ingenieurswetenschappen: Werktuigkunde-Elektrotechniek
Vakgroep Mechanische Constructie en ProductieVoorzitter: prof. dr. ir. P. De BaetsFaculteit Ingenieurswetenschappen en ArchitectuurAcademiejaar 2012 - 2013
ISBN 978-90-8578-596-5NUR 978, 971Wettelijk depot: D/2013/10.500/29
Promotor
prof. dr. ir. Wim De Waele
Ghent University
Faculty of Engineering and Architecture
Department of Mechanical Construction and Production
Examination Committee
prof. dr. ir. Patrick De Baets (Chair) Ghent University
prof. dr. ir. Wim De Waele Ghent University
prof. Jeong Whan Yoon Swinburne University of Technology
prof. Sandrine Thuillier Université de Bretagne-Sud
prof. dr. ir. Patricia Verleysen Ghent University
dr. ing. Steven Cooreman ArcelorMittal R&D
dr. ir. Stijn Hertelé Ghent University
Research Institute
Ghent University
Department of Mechanical Construction and Production
Laboratory Soete
Technologiepark 903
B-9052 Zwijnaarde
Belgium
Tel. +32 9 331 04 79
Fax. +32 9 331 04 90
http://www.soetelaboratory.ugent.be
Dedicated to Shima
Acknowledgement
First and foremost, I would like to express my gratitude to my supervisor Prof. Wim
De Waele for his strong support, patience and constant availability for technical
discussions. I feel motivated and encouraged every time I attend his meeting.
This work was made possible by the financial support of the Ghent University Special
Research Fund (BOF) grants nrs. 08/24J/106 and 01J10608.
I would like to thank several colleagues beyond Ghent University who in one way or
another contributed in this research. I would like to express my particular gratitude to
Prof. Jeong-Whan Yoon form Swinburne University of Technology in
Australia for sharing part of his invaluable knowledge. Collaboration with
him was a great experience. I would like to thank him for being my
inspiration.
Prof. Shunlai Zang from Xi’an Jiaotong University in China for being a nice
friend and his unconditional helps and quick responses.
Prof. Myoung-Gyu Lee from Graduate Institute of Ferrous Technology in
Korea for his contributions in various steps of my research. I would like to
thank him for his enthusiasm in research.
I cannot say thank you enough for their supports and helps.
Most of the experimental results in this research would have been impossible without
the technical support of some people and organizations.
My thanks go to:
ii
ArcelorMittal R&D (OCAS) and Kris Hertschap for materials and various
experimentations on sheet metals. My thanks also go to Klaas Poppe and
other engineers and technicians of ArcelorMittal who helped me during
experimentations.
Gaëtan Gilles and prof. Anne-Marie Habraken from University of Liège for
shear tests and their hospitality.
I am also grateful for the various discussions with Dr. Tom Stoughton (General
Motors, USA) on non-associated flow rule and, more importantly, on originality of
research ideas.
I would like to thank Prof. Rob Wagoner, Prof. Kwansoo Chung, Prof. Salima
Bouvier and Prof. Tudor Balan who openly answered my questions.
My time at laboratory Soete was made enjoyable in large part due to nice friends and
colleagues. I would like to thank all of them: Patrick De Baets, Rudi Denys, Gusztav
Fekete, Yeczain Perez, Zamaan Sadeghi, Jacob Sukumaran, Matyas Ando, Vanessa
Rodriguez, Patric Neis, Tan Dat Nguyen, Stijn Hertele, Matthias Verstraete, Jeroen
Van Wittenberghe, Koen Van Minnebruggen, Timothy Galle, Hanan Al Ali, Diego
Belato Rosado, Felicia Jula, Reza Hojjati Talemi, Jan De Pauw, Yue Tongyan,
Wouter Ost. My thanks also go to all other colleagues in laboratory Soete, Tony
Lefevre, Chris Bonne, Rudy Desmet, Jonathan Vancoillie and Georgette D'Hondt.
Most of all I would like to thank my wife Shima for her unyielding devotion and love,
support, encouragement and quiet patience. My deepest appreciation also goes to my
parents Asadalah and Farkhondeh, my brothers Reza, Ali and Majid and my only
sister Azar for their faith in me and allowing me to be as ambitious as I wanted. I
would like to thank my lovely nieces, Nasim and Niloofar for gifting so much
laughter. I am so grateful to my new family, Taaleh, Mohamad Hasan, Vahid and
Shiva for their unending support.
Mohsen Safaei
Gent, April 2013
Summary
Optimization of material forming processes requires an in-depth knowledge of
material constitutive models and methods to implement these into user-friendly
numerical tools. Restricting the discussion to polycrystalline materials, constitutive
models can be developed based on two distinct approaches. In the first approach,
which is referred to as crystal plasticity, the polycrystalline behaviour is described
based on the behaviour of each individual crystal. In the second approach, called
phenomenological approach, the average behaviour of all grains directly determines
the global material behavior. Without a doubt, both approaches have proven their
numerous advantages. However the phenomenological approach has persuaded
researchers in industry and academia whenever simplicity and simulation speed have
been the major concerns. Compared to experimental trial-and-error, a faster
optimization of the metal forming process can be achieved by numerical simulation
techniques such as finite element (FE) methods. Based on a variety of generated FE
simulation outputs the optimization of the forming process can be carried out more
effectively.
In general, this dissertation deals with phenomenological constitutive modeling and
its implementation in FE simulation of sheet metal forming processes. More
specifically, considering the constitutive modeling, this dissertation focuses on the
anisotropic behavior of sheet metals. Sheet metals undergo severe plastic deformation
during manufacturing processes such as cold rolling. This introduces a preferential
orientation to the grains and thus a variation of mechanical properties at different
orientations is to be expected. Due to its important impact on the distribution of
stresses and strains, the shape of formed parts is influenced by the anisotropic
material behaviour. Most of the available anisotropic models are based on the
Associated Flow Rule (AFR) hypothesis. This hypothesis states that the anisotropic
iv
yield function determines both the onset of yielding and the plastic flow direction.
The AFR approach , which has been used for long time in material constitutive
models, is with various limitations. For instance, this model cannot be used to
simultaneously describe pressure sensitivity and zero plastic volume change upon
plastic deformation. In addition, modeling highly anisotropic materials is a challenge
for most AFR based models.
Accordingly, the concept of non-associated flow rule (non-AFR) is adopted in this
dissertation. In the non-AFR approach, elastic limit and plastic flow direction are
addressed independently. Two non-AFR models such as Hill 1948 and Barlat’s
Yld2000-2d are thoroughly evaluated in this work. To generalize the constitutive
model for applications involving cyclic loading or load reversal, a very recently
developed mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening model is combined with the
anisotropic yield model. This hardening model is capable of predicting Bauschinger
effect, transient behavior and permanent stress shift upon load reversal. The model
has been implemented into a user material subroutine for the finite element software
package Abaqus using FORTRAN programming language and considering the fully
implicit backward Euler scheme.
Accuracy of the implemented model is verified comprehensively in terms of cyclic
hardening, directional yield stresses and Lankford coefficients. Next, its capabilities
with respect to the simulation of challenging anisotropic material behavior are
evaluated. Validation of the implemented model in terms of cyclic hardening is
investigated for aluminium alloy AA5754-O which is used for automobile structural
parts. On the other hand, the highly anisotropic aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 (used in
aerospace industry) and a challenging fictitious material are used to compare AFR
and non-AFR based models. Evaluation is performed based on prediction of yield
stresses and Lankford coefficients at various uniaxial tensile specimen orientations
with respect to the rolling direction as well as one balanced biaxial stress condition.
To prove the capability of the implemented non-AFR and AFR based models with
respect to simulation of metal forming processes, cylindrical cup deep drawing are
simulated for the mentioned highly anisotropic materials. Cups made from these
materials respectively show 6 and 8 ears. These numbers can only be predicted by
advanced anisotropic models such as Barlat’s Yld2004-2d or high order polynomials.
The importance of using accurate hardening models for the prediction of springback
is well established. Accordingly, the effect of a recently developed mixed isotropic-
kinematic hardening model on the final shape of deep drawn cups was investigated.
The outstanding accuracy of simulations of highly anisotropic material behaviour
using non-AFR based yield models is shown in this dissertation. Nonetheless,
implementation of such models combined with a mixed hardening model in a fully
implicit backward Euler scheme is a laborious task. Therefore, to alleviate the degree
of difficulty of implementation, a simplifying approach is proposed which gives rise
v
to a considerably easier fully implicit scheme without significant loss of accuracy.
Another part of this dissertation is attributed to the implementation and evaluation of
various numerical integration schemes. Both implicit and explicit schemes have been
implemented. The choice for explicit schemes could be motivated when (for instance
in industry) simple integration and high simulation speed are desired. However, it
remains essential to investigate the accuracy of the final results.
Characterization of hardening and anisotropy of a deep drawing interstitial free steel
(grade DC06) is also covered in this dissertation. Optical measurements based on
digital image correlation are compared with conventional extensometer
measurements. The optical measurement system was shown to allow for a thorough
characterization of anisotropy evolution.
Following the experimental observations of anisotropy evolution, an evolutionary
anisotropic model based on non-AFR Yld2000-2d is presented which simulates the
distortional hardening and instantaneous Lankford coefficients with high accuracy. A
prerequisite for the parameter identification of this model is the equivalence of plastic
work. An advantage of this model is that it can be implemented based on any
numerical implementation scheme developed for a non-evolutionary non-AFR. It
must be noted that describing anisotropy evolution in terms of both Lankford
coefficients and distortional hardening has been rarely performed. The majority of
proposed models in this field is based on input data at a limited number of tensile
specimen orientations, and mostly considers either Lankford or yield stress distortion
for a specific type of material.
In short, the current dissertation focuses on constitutive modeling and more
specifically on non-AFR based anisotropic models. It can be concluded that the non-
AFR based Yld2000-2d anisotropic model combined with a mixed isotropic-
kinematic hardening function constitutes an outstandingly strong model to be used for
highly anisotropic sheet metals. Various implicit and explicit implementation schemes
were described and compared in this dissertation. A simplified non-AFR model is
suggested and evaluated and finally, an evolutionary non-AFR model is proposed
which can be used when anisotropy of the sheet metal is dependent on the level of
plastic deformation.
vi
Samenvatting (Dutch summary)
Optimalisatie van omvormprocessen noodzaakt een grondige kennis van constitutieve
materiaalwetten en methoden om deze te implementeren in gebruiksvriendelijke
numerieke tools. Voor wat betreft de klasse van polykristallijne materialen, kunnen
constitutieve modellen ontwikkeld worden op basis van twee onderscheiden
methodieken. Een eerste methodiek is de zogenaamde kristal-plasticiteit. In dit geval
wordt het polykristallijne gedrag beschreven uitgaande van het mechanisch gedrag
van elk individueel kristal. De tweede methodiek behelst de zogenaamde
fenomenologische modellen waarbij het gemiddeld mechanisch gedrag van alle
korrels het globaal materiaalgedrag bepaalt. Zonder twijfel, kunnen aan elke
methodiek meerdere voordelen toegeschreven worden. De fenomenologische
methodiek heeft meerdere onderzoekers in de academische en industriële wereld
weten te overtuigen in geval eenvoud en snelheid de belangrijkste drijfveer zijn.
Numerieke methoden zoals eindige elementen simulaties laten toe om, in vergelijking
met experimentele trial-and-error, een veel snellere optimalisatie van het
omvormproces te realiseren. Zulk een optimalisatie kan inderdaad effectiever
uitgevoerd worden op basis van verscheidene uitvoerparameters verkregen uit eindige
elementen simulaties.
In algemene termen behandelt dit proefschrift fenomenologische constitutieve
materiaalwetten en hun implementatie in eindige elementen simulaties van
plaatomvormprocessen. Met betrekking tot de constitutieve modellering, focust het
proefschrift meer specifiek op het anisotroop mechanisch gedrag van plaatmateriaal.
Plaatmateriaal ondergaat zware plastische vervorming tijdens de productieprocessen
zoals het walsen. Dit veroorzaakt voorkeursrichtingen in de korrelstructuur en dus kan
een variatie van de mechanische eigenschappen volgens de oriëntatie in het plaatveld
verwacht worden. Dit heeft een belangrijke impact op de verdeling van spanningen en
viii
vervormingen, en aldus zal de finale vorm van componenten hierdoor beïnvloed
worden. Het merendeel van de beschikbare anisotrope vloeimodellen is gebaseerd op
de hypothese van associatief vloeien. Deze hypothese stelt dat de anisotrope
vloeifunctie zowel het begin van plastisch vloeien als de richting van plastische
vervorming bepaalt. Niettegenstaande associatief vloeien reeds heel lang de regel is
bij de ontwikkeling van constitutieve materiaalwetten, gaat dit gepaard met een aantal
beperkingen. Bijvoorbeeld laten zulke modellen niet toe om gelijktijdig de
afhankelijkheid van hydrostatische druk en het feit dat geen volumeverandering
optreedt tijdens plastische omvorming te beschrijven. Daarenboven vormt het
modelleren van sterk anisotroop materiaalgedrag een uitdaging voor de meeste
modellen die op deze hypothese zijn gebaseerd.
Daarom spitst dit proefschrift zich toe op het concept van niet-associatief vloeien. In
zulk een geval worden de overgang van elastisch naar plastisch materiaalgedrag en de
richting van plastisch vloeien onafhankelijk van elkaar beschreven. Twee voorbeelden
van niet-associatieve modellen, namelijk Hill 1948 en Barlat Yld2000-2d, worden in
dit werk uitvoerig geëvalueerd. Om zulk een constitutief model te veralgemenen naar
toepassingen waarbij cyclische belasting of belastingsomkering optreden, wordt een
recent ontwikkeld gemengd isotroop-kinematische verstevigingswet gecombineerd
met het anisotroop vloeimodel. Deze verstevigingswet laat toe om zowel Bauschinger
effect, overgangsgedrag als blijvende spanningsverschuiving bij belastingsomkering
te beschrijven. Het volledige model werd geïmplementeerd in een gebruikersmateriaal
subroutine voor de eindige elementen software Abaqus. Deze implementatie werd
uitgewerkt in de FORTRAN programmeertaal en gebruik makend van een volledig
impliciet achterwaarts Euler schema.
De nauwkeurigheid van het geïmplementeerde model is uitgebreid geverifieerd voor
wat betreft cyclische versteviging, richtingsafhankelijke vloeispanningen en Lankford
coëfficiënten. Ook werden de mogelijkheden met betrekking tot de simulatie van
uitdagend anistroop materiaalgedrag bestudeerd. Validatie van het model met
betrekking tot cyclische versteviging werd onderzocht op basis van de
aluminiumlegering AA5754-O welke typisch gebruikt wordt voor
automobielonderdelen. Anderzijds werden de sterk anisotrope aluminiumlegering
AA2090-T3 (gebruikt in luchtvaart) en een uitdagend fictief materiaal gebruikt om
associatieve en niet-associatieve modellen te vergelijken. Deze evaluatie is gebaseerd
op de voorspelling van vloeispanningen en van Lankford coëfficiënten
overeenkomstig verschillende oriëntaties met betrekking tot de walsrichting
(uniaxiale trekproeven) en ook een gebalanceerde biaxiale spanningstoestand.
Om hun geschiktheid voor de simulatie van omvormprocessen aan te tonen, werden
de geïmplementeerde associatieve en niet-associatieve modellen gebruikt om het
dieptrekken te simuleren van cylindrische stukken vervaardigd uit de hogergenoemde
sterk anisotrope materialen. Bekertjes vervaardigd uit zulke materialen vertonen
ix
respectievelijk 6 of 8 oren. Deze aantallen kunnen enkel voorspeld worden door
geavanceerde anisotrope modellen zoals Barlat Yld2004-2d of hogere orde
polynomen. Het belang van geschikte verstevigingswetten toe te passen voor de
simulatie van elastische terugvering is alom gekend. Ten dien verstande, werd het
effect van een recent ontwikkelde, gemengd isotroop-kinematische, verstevigingswet
op de finale vorm van diepgetrokken bekers onderzocht.
De uitgesproken nauwkeurigheid van niet-associatieve vloeimodellen voor het
simuleren van sterk anisotroop materiaalgedrag wordt aangetoond in dit proefschrift.
Desalniettemin blijft de implementatie van zulke modellen in combinatie met
gemengde verstevigingswetten in een volledig impliciet achterwaarts Euler schema
een veeleisende taak. Om de moeilijkheidsgraad van de implementatie te verzachten,
wordt een vereenvoudigde aanpak voorgesteld die aanleiding geeft tot een aanzienlijk
eenvoudiger volledig impliciet integratieschema zonder beduiden verlies van
accuraatheid. Een deel van dit proefschrift is gewijd aan de implementatie en
evaluatie van verscheidene numerieke integratieschema’s. Zowel impliciete als
expliciete schema’s werden uitgewerkt. De keuze voor een expliciet schema kan
gemotiveerd worden wanneer eenvoud van integratie en hoge simulatiesnelheid
gewenst zijn. Uiteraard blijft het vanzelfsprekend om de accuraatheid van de
uiteindelijke resultaten te beoordelen.
Karakterisering van het verstevigingsgedrag en van de anisotropie van een
dieptrekstaal kwaliteit DC06 wordt tevens beschreven in dit eindwerk. Optische
vervormingsmetingen gebaseerd op digitale spikkelcorrelatie worden vergeleken met
conventionele metingen op basis van een extensometer. Er werd aangetoond dat de
optische vervormingsmetingen een doorgedreven karakterisering van de evolutie van
anisotropie toelaten.
Volgend op deze experimentele beschouwingen, werd een evolutionair anisotroop
model ontwikkeld gebaseerd op niet-associatief Yld2000-2d. Deze is in staat om de
evolutie van versteviging en anisotropie als functie van plastische omvorming met
hoge nauwkeurigheid te simuleren. Een vereiste voor de parameteridentificatie van dit
model is de equivalentie van hoeveelheid plastische arbeid. Een belangrijk voordeel
van dit model is dat het kan geïmplementeerd worden op basis van om elk numeriek
integratieschema dat werd ontwikkeld voor niet-evolutionair en niet-associatief
vloeien. Er dient opgemerkt dat de beschrijving van de evolutie van anisotropie
(zowel wat betreft Lankford coëfficiënten als vloeispanningen) slechts zelden wordt
gedaan. Beschikbare modellen zijn meestal gebaseerd op experimentele gegevens
overeenkomstig een beperkt aantal oriëntaties en beschouwen meestal ofwel Lankford
coëfficiënten ofwel vloeispanningen voor een specifiek materiaal.
Samenvattend, focust dit proefschrift op de modellering van constitutieve
materiaalwetten en meer specifiek op niet-associatie anistroop materiaalgedrag. Er
kan besloten worden dat het niet-associatief Yld2000-2d anisotroop vloeimodel
x
gecombineerd met een gemengd isotroop-kinematische verstevigingswet een
uitstekend model vormt voor de simulatie van omvormprocessen van sterk anisotrope
metalen. Implementaties op basis van verscheidene impliciete en expliciete
integratieschema’s werden uitgebreid vergeleken. Een vereenvoudigd niet-associatief
model werd voorgesteld en geëvalueerd. Tot slot werd een evolutionair niet-
associatief model uitgewerkt dat kan toegepast worden voor materialen waarvoor de
mate van anisotropie wijzigt tijdens de plastische omvorming.
Contents
1 Motivation and objectives ..................................................................................... 1 1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................. 2 1.2 Objectives and motivation ........................................................................... 3
1.2.1 Accurate description of severe anisotropy .............................................. 4 1.2.2 Combination of a strong anisotropic yield function with mixed
hardening definition ................................................................................ 4 1.2.3 Description of the evolution of anisotropy during the deformation
process.. ................................................................................................... 5 1.2.4 Implementation of advanced material models into commercial finite
element software ..................................................................................... 5 1.3 Overview of this dissertation ....................................................................... 6
2 Continuum plasticity: some basic concepts ........................................................ 11 2.1 Introduction ............................................................................................... 12 2.2 Stress and strain tensors ............................................................................ 12 2.3 Tensor invariants ....................................................................................... 14 2.4 Deviatoric stress ........................................................................................ 16 2.5 Hooke’s law............................................................................................... 17 2.6 Incompressibility hypothesis ..................................................................... 19 2.7 Various measures of strain ........................................................................ 19 2.8 Simple shear test as an example ................................................................ 22 2.9 Co-rotational rate of Cauchy stress ........................................................... 23 2.10 Summary ................................................................................................... 25
3 Hardening models ............................................................................................... 27 3.1 Introduction ............................................................................................... 28 3.2 Hardening of metals .................................................................................. 28 3.3 Isotropic hardening .................................................................................... 29
xii
3.4 Kinematic hardening ................................................................................. 31 3.4.1 Bauschinger effect ................................................................................ 32
3.5 Mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening ........................................................ 34 3.5.1 Transient effect ..................................................................................... 34 3.5.2 Permanent softening .............................................................................. 35 3.5.3 Work hardening stagnation ................................................................... 39
3.6 Physically based hardening models ........................................................... 40 3.7 Summary ................................................................................................... 41
4 Anisotropic yielding ........................................................................................... 45 4.1 Introduction ............................................................................................... 46 4.2 Introduction to yield functions .................................................................. 46
4.2.1 Lankford coefficient .............................................................................. 47 4.2.2 Associated flow rule ............................................................................. 48
4.3 Isotropic yield functions ............................................................................ 50 4.3.1 Tresca 1864 ........................................................................................... 50 4.3.2 von Mises 1913 ..................................................................................... 51 4.3.3 Hershey 1954 and Hosford 1972........................................................... 52 4.3.4 Barlat 1986 (Yld86) .............................................................................. 52
4.4 Anisotropic yield functions ....................................................................... 53 4.4.1 Hill’s family of yield functions ............................................................. 53 4.4.2 Barlat’s family of yield criteria ............................................................. 59 4.4.3 Banabic’s family of yield criteria .......................................................... 68 4.4.4 Cazacu and Barlat’s yield criteria ......................................................... 69 4.4.5 Polynomial yield functions ................................................................... 69
4.5 Summary ................................................................................................... 70 5 Non-associated flow rule .................................................................................... 77
5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................... 78 5.2 Limitations of associated flow rule (AFR) ................................................ 78 5.3 Non-associated flow rule (non-AFR) ........................................................ 79
5.3.1 Background ........................................................................................... 79 5.3.2 Concept ................................................................................................. 80
5.4 Non-AFR based yield models ................................................................... 82 5.4.1 Non-AFR version of Hill 1948 ............................................................. 82 5.4.2 Non-AFR version of Yld2000-2d ......................................................... 83 5.4.3 Evaluation of non-AFR models versus various AFR models ............... 83
5.5 Non-AFR and stability .............................................................................. 84 5.6 Summary ................................................................................................... 87
6 Fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme ............................................. 91 6.1 Introduction ............................................................................................... 92 6.2 Return mapping algorithm ......................................................................... 92 6.3 Elasto-plasticity with non-AFR ................................................................. 93
6.3.1 Kuhn-Tucker complementary criteria ................................................... 96
xiii
6.3.2 Elastic-plastic or continuum tangent modulus ...................................... 96 6.4 Stress-update algorithm ............................................................................. 98
6.4.1 Fully implicit backward Euler ............................................................... 98 6.4.2 Newton-Raphson iteration scheme ..................................................... 101 6.4.3 Algorithmic or consistent tangent modulus ........................................ 104
6.5 Summary ................................................................................................. 106 7 Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation of anisotropic yield
models ............................................................................................................... 109 7.1 Introduction ............................................................................................. 110 7.2 Validation of the developed UMAT subroutine ...................................... 110
7.2.1 Model validation in terms of hardening .............................................. 111 7.2.2 Model validation in terms of anisotropy ............................................. 116
7.3 Evaluation of various AFR and non-AFR models ................................... 117 7.3.1 Comparison of various hardening models ........................................... 117 7.3.2 Comparison of various anisotropic yield models ................................ 118 7.3.3 Spatial representation .......................................................................... 122 7.3.4 In-plane flow direction ........................................................................ 127
7.4 Cup drawing simulations ......................................................................... 128 7.5 Summary ................................................................................................. 134
8 Simplification of the numerical implementation of the non-AFR model .......... 137 8.1 Introduction ............................................................................................. 138 8.2 Discretization of rate elasto-plasticity equations ..................................... 138 8.3 Impact of simplification on equivalent plastic strain rate ........................ 141
8.3.1 Full non-AFR method ......................................................................... 141 8.3.2 Un-scaled simplified non-AFR method .............................................. 142 8.3.3 Scaled simplified non-AFR method .................................................... 145
8.4 Metrics for error analysis ........................................................................ 151 8.5 Impact of model simplification on cup drawing simulation .................... 155 8.6 Summary ................................................................................................. 156
9 Comparison of stress-integration schemes ........................................................ 159 9.1 Introduction ............................................................................................. 160 9.2 Integration schemes suitable for an explicit time integration FE code .... 160
9.2.1 Classical forward Euler’s method (CFE) ............................................ 160 9.2.2 Next Increment Corrects Error (NICE-h)............................................ 167 9.2.3 Convex Cutting-Plane (CCP) algorithm, a semi explicit approach ..... 168
9.3 Some remarks on using the explicit stress-update integration in implicit time
integration code. ......................................................................................... 172 9.4 Comparison of stress-update schemes ..................................................... 172 9.5 Summary ................................................................................................. 180
10 Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model ........................................................ 183 10.1 Introduction ............................................................................................. 184 10.2 Material characterization ......................................................................... 184
xiv
10.2.1 Experimental procedure .................................................................. 184 10.2.2 Hardening ....................................................................................... 186 10.2.3 Lankford coefficients ...................................................................... 190
10.3 Experimental observations on anisotropy evolution ................................ 191 10.3.1 Yield stress ..................................................................................... 191 10.3.2 Lankford coefficient ....................................................................... 196
10.4 Anisotropic models ................................................................................. 200 10.4.1 Non-AFR Hill 1948 model ............................................................. 200 10.4.2 Non-AFR Yld2000-2d model ......................................................... 204
10.5 Evolutionary anisotropic models ............................................................. 206 10.5.1 State of the art ................................................................................. 206 10.5.2 Evolutionary non-AFR Yld2000-2d model .................................... 207 10.5.3 Implementation using scaled simplified approach .......................... 217
10.6 Summary ................................................................................................. 218 11 Conclusions ....................................................................................................... 221
11.1 Summary and main conclusions .............................................................. 222 11.1.1 Accurate description of severe anisotropy ...................................... 222 11.1.2 Combination of strong anisotropic yield function with mixed
hardening definition ........................................................................ 223 11.1.3 Implementation of advanced material models into commercial finite
element software ............................................................................. 223 11.1.4 Description of the evolution of anisotropy during the deformation
process ............................................................................................ 224 11.2 Future works ............................................................................................ 224
Appendices
A Fully implicit backward Euler scheme .............................................................. 227 A.1 Newton-Raphson iteration scheme .......................................................... 227 A.2 Consistent tangent modulus ..................................................................... 231
B Parameter optimization ..................................................................................... 235 B.1 Introduction ............................................................................................. 235 B.2 Normalized yield stress ........................................................................... 236
B.2.1 Uniaxial direction ................................................................................ 236 B.2.2 Balanced biaxial condition .................................................................. 237 B.2.3 Out-of-plane direction ......................................................................... 238
B.3 Lankford coefficient ................................................................................ 238 B.3.1 Uniaxial direction ................................................................................ 238 B.3.2 Balanced biaxial condition .................................................................. 239
B.4 Error function .......................................................................................... 240 B.4.1 AFR Yld2000-2d model ..................................................................... 240 B.4.2 Non-AFR Yld2000-2d model ............................................................. 240
Publications............................................................................................................... 243
Chapter 1
1 Motivation and objectives
2 Chapter 1, Motivation and objectives
1.1 Introduction
Sheet metal plastic forming is the most common metal shaping process used in history
(Marciniak et al., 2002). Its range of applicability covers automotive, aerospace,
packaging, home appliances and marine. Historically, empirical methods were the
dominant approach of evaluating, testing and improving the sheet metal forming
processes. However, during the last three decades the application of finite element
simulations has seen an increasing trend in various steps of sheet forming processes
from design to testing (Zhou and Wagoner, 1995). This consequently demands further
improvements in terms of efficiency and accuracy. Efficiency of simulations has been
dramatically improved due to the advent of fast computational resources and parallel
calculation techniques. On the other hand, realistic material constitutive models which
are an indispensable part of any accurate simulation still need improvements due to
the widespread application of high-strength steel, aluminum alloys and complicated
forming processes.
The material constitutive model affects the prediction of forces, springback, final
shape, wrinkling and failure of the product. The evolution of instantaneous yield
stress during plastic deformation and the direction dependency of mechanical
properties are respectively dealt with by hardening and yield models. Yielding can be
described at different scales: microscopic or macroscopic (phenomenological).
Description of all microscopic phenomena which occur in a forming application is
obviously impossible (Barlat, 2007). Therefore a phenomenological model for
simulation of large plastic deformation is preferable.
Sheet metals exhibit either isotropic or anisotropic yielding behaviour. An isotropic
yield surface is assigned to a material with identical mechanical properties at different
orientations. Various isotropic yield functions are available such as von Mises (1913),
Tresca (1864), Hosford (1972) and Hershey (1954), Barlat and Richmond (1987),
Bishop and Hill (1951), Bassani (1977) and Budianski (1984). However, sheet metals
are prone to anisotropic (direction dependent) behaviour. This is because sheet metals
(generally) undergo severe plastic deformations during manufacturing processes such
as cold rolling. This introduces preferential orientations to the grains. Consequently,
the material obtains a direction dependent mechanical behavior. Material anisotropy
highly affects the distribution of stresses and strains and consequently the shape of the
final parts, their thickness and possible instabilities such as wrinkling for a deep
drawn part.
Starting from Hill’s quadratic anisotropy model (Hill, 1948), various yield functions
have been proposed to describe the initial anisotropy of metallic sheets such as Barlat
et al (1997; 2003; 2005; 2007), Banabic et al (2005), Cazacu and Barlat (2002, 2004),
Cazacu et al (2004; 2006), Hu (2007), Bron and Besson (2004), Karafillis and Boyce
(1993) and very recently Barlat et al (Barlat et al., 2011). The choice of yield function
3
depends on material, experimental constraints, required accuracy and the FEM code
used (Flores, 2006).
In order to accurately describe both yielding and plastic flow behavior of sheet
metals, the coefficients of the above anisotropic yield functions commonly need to be
optimized explicitly or iteratively from experimental tensile, shear or bi-axial yield
stresses and Lankford coefficients. During a metal forming process, the discussed
yield surface experiences translation and/or expansion. This, for instance, could be
described by incorporating an appropriate mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening
function.
As mentioned above, various constitutive models have been proposed to describe the
material behavior more accurately. However, more improvements can be expected.
Moreover, commercial finite element simulation software packages are not always
equipped with the state of the art material constitutive laws.
1.2 Objectives and motivation
The ambition of this dissertation is to contribute to the advancement of fundamental
knowledge in the field of sheet metal plastic forming for the own research group and
the entire research community. This comprises a thorough and critical review of
available models for description of hardening and anisotropic yielding, including
improvements of constitutive models and introducing such models into commercial
finite element simulation. Availability of such numerical tools could ultimately lead
to a reduction in lead time in the design of sheet products and manufacturing tools,
the optimization of process parameters and an increased quality of the final product.
To reach the global ambition, a number of specific goals have to be realized within
the scope of this dissertation:
Accurate description of severe anisotropy;
Combination of strong anisotropic yield functions with mixed hardening
definition;
Description of the evolution of anisotropy during the deformation process;
Implementation of advanced material models into commercial finite element
software.
All analytical and numerical routines discussed in the following chapters (UMAT and
VUMAT integration schemes, model parameter optimization, …) have entirely been
developed and implemented in the framework of this dissertation.
4 Chapter 1, Motivation and objectives
1.2.1 Accurate description of severe anisotropy
Traditionally, most anisotropic yield functions have been based on the associated flow
rule (AFR) hypothesis. This approach is based on the normality hypothesis that
describes the equality of plastic potential function (which determines the flow
direction) and yield function (which determines the transition from the elastic to the
plastic regime). Several studies evaluated the accuracy of AFR based yield functions
for the description of various levels of anisotropy. For instance, Yoon et al (2007)
reported that the quadratic Hill (1948) and non-quadratic Yld2000-2d (Barlat et al.,
2003) yield functions can only predict 4 ears for a deep drawn cup made of an
aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 which exhibits 6 ears in experiments. Cvitanic et al
(2008) reported similar limitations for the same material based on Karafillis–Boyce
(1993) anisotropic yield function. Therefore it can be concluded that it is difficult to
describe a highly anisotropic material by means of a model in which an identical
formulation for yield function and plastic potential function is used (Stoughton,
2002).
During the last decade, more attention has been paid towards the development and
implementation of non-AFR based models for metal plasticity and more research
studies tend to make use of the advantages of this approach (Stoughton, 2002;
Stoughton and Yoon, 2004; Stoughton and Yoon, 2006; Yoon et al., 2007; Cvitanic et
al., 2008; Stoughton and Yoon, 2008, 2009). This approach removes the artificial
constraint based on which plastic flow direction and yielding are determined from
identical functions and thus two separate functions are considered. This research will
present an extensive literature study of both AFR and non-AFR based models and will
provide a systematic comparison of various models based on these two opposite
points of view.
1.2.2 Combination of a strong anisotropic yield function with mixed
hardening definition
Various metal forming operations experience reversed loading conditions during
which phenomena such as Bauschinger effect, transition, stagnation and permanent
stress shift can be observed in the hardening curve. Upon tool removal (e.g. removal
of punch in a deep drawing process), this highly influences the elastic recovery and
thus the final shape of the product. Isotropic or kinematic hardening definitions alone
are not capable of accurately describing the mentioned phenomena. Therefore, a
combination of an advanced description of anisotropy and an appropriate mixed
isotropic-kinematic hardening definition is essential. Among the most accurate
hardening models we can name the two-surface models of Yoshida and Uemori
(2002) and the physically based model of Teodosiu and Hu (1995). These models
have been proven to yield accurate prediction of elastic recovery. Nonetheless, the
5
degree of complexity of implementation and parameter optimization of these models
roars in accordance with the degree of capabilities of the models. Therefore, it seems
advantageous to seek for a mixed hardening model with good accuracy and
convenient formulation. For instance, Taherizadeh et al (2010) combined a non-AFR
Hill 1948 yield function with Chaboche mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening law.
However, some phenomena observed in the hardening curve at load reversal cannot
be accurately predicted by the classical Chaboche model.
1.2.3 Description of the evolution of anisotropy during the deformation
process
In simulation of sheet metal forming processes based on phenomenological models, it
is a general conception that the material anisotropy, in terms of Lankford coefficient
or yield stress directionality, is preserved during plastic deformation. In other words,
it is assumed that the anisotropic behaviour is insensitive to the level of plastic
deformation. Literature shows that initial anisotropy in terms of both r-value and yield
stress evolves during plastic deformation (Hu, 2007; Hahm and Kim, 2008).
Description of the texture evolution during plastic deformation by means of crystal
plasticity is however a common approach (Li et al., 2003; Duchene and Habraken,
2005). Various researchers attempted to make use of the simplicity of
phenomenological models for description of distortional hardening. For instance,
Stoughton and Yoon (2005), Abedrabbo et al (2006a, b), Hu (2007) and Zamiri and
Pourboghrat (2007). However there are limitations assigned to any of these models. In
short, combination of high accuracy and simplicity still has to be improved in an
evolutionary model.
1.2.4 Implementation of advanced material models into commercial finite
element software
The majority of commercial finite element codes is not equipped with state of the art
constitutive models. For instance, the commercial finite element code Abaqus still
lacks a strong non-quadratic anisotropic yield model. Even more, only the classical
model of Chaboche is the most advanced built-in hardening model in this software
package. Therefore, knowledge of implementation of more advanced material models
into finite element code is essential. Considering those commercial finite element
codes which provide more built-in advanced material models, access to and reception
of material codes from their developers are not generally possible. Concurrent with
the advancements in computational resources, more complex material models are
developed for simulation of more complex deformation processes and material
behaviors. In other words, simulation time remains a challenge. Therefore a thorough
6 Chapter 1, Motivation and objectives
comparison of simple and complex integration schemes with respect to computational
speed and simulation accuracy is critical.
1.3 Overview of this dissertation
Chapters 2 to 4 are dedicated to the modelling of material mechanical models
representing hardening and anisotropy, and constitutes the bibliographic part of this
manuscript.
Chapter 2 describes the prerequisites of continuum plasticity. This chapter is meant as
an introduction for less experienced readers. The majority of the discussed concepts
are repeatedly referred to in later chapters.
In chapter 3, concepts of various hardening models are discussed. Although the focus
of this work is on the modelling of anisotropy, a thorough understanding of hardening
is indispensable. A review of isotropic, kinematic and mixed isotropic-kinematic
hardening models is given and their capabilities are presented.
Chapter 4 describes the concept of anisotropy. The associated flow rule (AFR)
hypothesis is described and a comprehensive review of various AFR based
anisotropic yield models is given. Advantages and disadvantages of different models
are described.
Chapter 5 is the transition from the bibliographic part to the author’s main
contributions. It introduces the concept of non-AFR in detail; drawbacks of AFR are
discussed, as well as advantages of non-AFR. The choice for a non-associated flow
rule framework is motivated and two non-AFR based models are defined and
explained in detail. These non-AFR versions of Hill 1948 and Yld2000-2D will be
used in the remaining part of the PhD work.
Chapters 6 to 10 discuss the original contributions of this dissertation, such as
implementation and evaluation of several numerical integration schemes, and
experimental observation and simulation of distortional hardening. Chapter 6
elaborates on the elasto-plastic formulation of a general non-AFR anisotropic model
combined with a recently proposed mixed hardening. The fully implicit backward
Euler integration scheme is introduced and its implementation into a user material
subroutine for Abaqus is discussed.
Chapter 7 provides a comprehensive verification of the implemented non-AFR
anisotropic yield model including mixed hardening. The finite element
implementation of this model was further evaluated based on cup deep drawing
simulations.
In chapter 8 a simpler numerical implementation of the non-AFR model is discussed.
The proposed simplification is advantageous when a complex mixed isotropic-
7
kinematic hardening model is considered. The effect of the simplification on the
accuracy of the model responses is comprehensively evaluated in this chapter.
Chapter 9 describes and compares various stress integration schemes (both explicit
and implicit). Accuracy of developed models in a deep drawing simulation is
examined.
In chapter 10 experimental observations of distortional hardening are discussed. An
evolutionary anisotropic model is introduced and its accuracy is evaluated based on a
comparison with experimental results.
Chapter 11 summarizes the main dissertation findings and gives some perspectives
with respect to future research.
In appendix A, the fully implicit backward Euler scheme for non-AFR anisotropic
yield and mixed hardening model is discussed in detail.
Finally in appendix B, the optimization schemes for parameter calibration of AFR and
non-AFR based general non-quadratic anisotropic models are discussed.
8 Chapter 1, Motivation and objectives
Bibliography
Abedrabbo, N., Pourboghrat, F., Carsley, J., 2006a. Forming of aluminum alloys at
elevated temperatures - Part 1: Material characterization. International Journal of
Plasticity 22, 314-341.
Abedrabbo, N., Pourboghrat, F., Carsley, J., 2006b. Forming of aluminum alloys at
elevated temperatures - Part 2: Numerical modeling and experimental verification.
International Journal of Plasticity 22, 342-373.
Banabic, D., Aretz, H., Comsa, D.S., Paraianu, L., 2005. An improved analytical
description of orthotropy in metallic sheets. International Journal of Plasticity 21,
493-512.
Barlat, F., Richmond, O., 1987. Prediction of tricomponent plane stress yield surfaces
and associated flow and failure behavior of strongly textured f.c.c. polycrystalline
sheets. Materials Science and Engineering 95, 15-29.
Barlat, F., Maeda, Y., Chung, K., Yanagawa, M., Brem, J.C., Hayashida, Y., Lege,
D.J., Matsui, K., Murtha, S.J., Hattori, S., Becker, R.C., Makosey, S., 1997. Yield
function development for aluminum alloy sheets. J Mech Phys Solids 45, 1727-1763.
Barlat, F., Brem, J.C., Yoon, J.W., Chung, K., Dick, R.E., Lege, D.J., Pourgoghrat, F.,
Choi, S.H., Chu, E., 2003. Plane stress yield function for aluminum alloy sheets - part
1: theory. International Journal of Plasticity 19, 1297-1319.
Barlat, F., Aretz, H., Yoon, J.W., Karabin, M.E., Brem, J.C., Dick, R.E., 2005. Linear
transfomation-based anisotropic yield functions. International Journal of Plasticity 21,
1009-1039.
Barlat, F., 2007. Constitutive Modeling for Metals, in: Banabic, D. (Ed.), Advanced
Methods in Material Forming. Springer Berlin Heidelberg, pp. 1-18.
Barlat, F., Yoon, J.W., Cazacu, O., 2007. On linear transformations of stress tensors
for the description of plastic anisotropy. International Journal of Plasticity 23, 876-
896.
Barlat, F., Gracio, J.J., Lee, M.-G., Rauch, E.F., Vincze, G., 2011. An alternative to
kinematic hardening in classical plasticity. International Journal of Plasticity 27,
1309-1327.
Bassani, J.L., 1977. Yield characterization of metals with transversely isotropic
plastic properties. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 19, 651-660.
Bishop, J.F.W., Hill, R., 1951. XLVI. A theory of the plastic distortion of a
polycrystalline aggregate under combined stresses. Philosophical Magazine Series 7
42, 414-427.
Bron, F., Besson, J., 2004. A yield function for anisotropic materials - Application to
aluminum alloys. International Journal of Plasticity 20, 937-963.
Budianski, B., 1984. Anisotropic Plasticity of Plane-Isotropic Sheets. Mechanics of
Material Behavior, 15-29.
9
Cazacu, O., Barlat, F., 2002. A new anisotropic yield criterion for aluminum alloys.
Advanced Materials Forum I 230-2, 537-540.
Cazacu, O., Barlat, F., 2004. A criterion for description of anisotropy and yield
differential effects in pressure-insensitive metals. International Journal of Plasticity
20, 2027-2045.
Cazacu, O., Barlat, F., Nixon, M.E., 2004. New anisotropic constitutive models for
HCP sheet forming simulations, in: Ghosh, S., Castro, J.M., Lee, J.K. (Eds.),
Materials Processing and Design: Modeling, Simulation and Applications, Pts 1 and
2. Amer Inst Physics, Melville, pp. 1046-1051.
Cazacu, O., Plunkett, B., Barlat, F., 2006. Orthotropic yield criterion for hexagonal
closed packed metals. International Journal of Plasticity 22, 1171-1194.
Cvitanic, V., Vlak, F., Lozina, Z., 2008. A finite element formulation based on non-
associated plasticity for sheet metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 24,
646-687.
Duchene, L., Habraken, A.M., 2005. Analysis of the sensitivity of FEM predictions to
numerical parameters in deep drawing simulations. Eur J Mech a-Solid 24, 614-629.
Flores, P., 2006. Development of Experimental Equipment and Identification
Procedures for Sheet Metal Constitutive Laws Universite de Liege, Liege, p. 196.
Hahm, J.H., Kim, K.H., 2008. Anisotropic work hardening of steel sheets under plane
stress. International Journal of Plasticity 24, 1097-1127.
Hershey, A.V., 1954. The Plasticity of an Isotropic Aggregate of Anisotropic Face
Centered Cubic Crystals. J. Appl. Mech. Trans. ASME 21, 241.
Hill, R., 1948. A Theory of the Yielding and Plastic Flow of Anisotropic Metals.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical
Sciences 193, 281-297.
Hosford, W.F., 1972. A Generalized Isotropic Yield Criterion. Journal of Applied
Mechanics 39, 607-609.
Hu, W., 2007. Constitutive modeling of orthotropic sheet metals by presenting
hardening-induced anisotropy. International Journal of Plasticity 23, 620-639.
Karafillis, A.P., Boyce, M.C., 1993. A general anisotropic yield criterion using
bounds and a transformation weighting tensor. J Mech Phys Solids 41, 1859-1886.
Li, S.Y., Hoferlin, E., Van Bael, A., Van Houtte, P., Teodosiu, C., 2003. Finite
element modeling of plastic anisotropy induced by texture and strain-path change.
International Journal of Plasticity 19, 647-674.
Marciniak, Z., Duncan, J.L., Hu, S.J., 2002. Mechanics of Sheet Metal Forming.
Butterworth-Heinemann.
Stoughton, T.B., 2002. A non-associated flow rule for sheet metal forming.
International Journal of Plasticity 18, 687-714.
10 Chapter 1, Motivation and objectives
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2004. A pressure-sensitive yield criterion under a non-
associated flow rule for sheet metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 20,
705-731.
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2005. Sheet metal formability analysis for anisotropic
materials under non-proportional loading. International Journal of Mechanical
Sciences 47, 1972-2002.
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2006. Review of Drucker’s postulate and the issue of
plastic stability in metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 22, 391-433.
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2008. On the existence of indeterminate solutions to the
equations of motion under non-associated flow. International Journal of Plasticity 24,
583-613.
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2009. Anisotropic hardening and non-associated flow in
proportional loading of sheet metals. International Journal of Plasticity 25, 1777-
1817.
Taherizadeh, A., Green, D.E., Ghaei, A., Yoon, J.W., 2010. A non-associated
constitutive model with mixed iso-kinematic hardening for finite element simulation
of sheet metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 26, 288-309.
Teodosiu, C., Hu, Z.Q., 1995. Evolution of the Intragranular Microstructure at
Moderate and Large Strains - Modelling and Computational Significance. Simulation
of Materials Processing: Theory, Methods and Applications - Numiform 95, 173-182.
Yoon, J.W., Stoughton, T.B., Dick, R.E., 2007. Earing prediction in cup drawing
based on non-associated flow rule, in: CeasarDeSa, J.M.A., Santos, A.D. (Eds.),
NUMIFORM '07: Materials Processing and Design: Modeling, Simulation and
Applications, Pts I and II. Amer Inst Physics, Melville, pp. 685-690.
Yoshida, F., Uemori, T., 2002. A model of large-strain cyclic plasticity describing the
Bauschinger effect and workhardening stagnation. International Journal of Plasticity
18, 661-686.
Zamiri, A., Pourboghrat, F., 2007. Characterization and development of an
evolutionary yield function for the superconducting niobium sheet. International
Journal of Solids and Structures 44, 8627-8647.
Zhou, D., Wagoner, R.H., 1995. Development and application of sheet-forming
simulation. Journal of Materials Processing Technology 50, 1-16.
Chapter 2
2 Continuum plasticity: some basic
concepts
12 Chapter 2, Continuum plasticity: some basic concepts
2.1 Introduction
This chapter introduces some basic concepts of continuum plasticity required for an
in-depth study on constitutive modeling which follows in the next chapters. Different
notational conventions for stress and strain tensors, various strain definitions with an
example for a simple shear test, basics of kinematics of large deformations, and
concepts such as deviatoric stress and zero plastic dilatancy are described. Moreover,
isotropic elasticity formulation for both three-dimensional and plane stress problems
is provided. Comprehensive reference books written by Khan and Huang (1995),
Belytschko et al. (2000), Crisfield (2000; 2001) are recommended for an in-depth
study.
2.2 Stress and strain tensors
The true stresses and true strains corresponding to an arbitrary set of orthogonal
Cartesian axes can be described in either tensor or vector (Voigt) notations.
Considering the tensorial notation for a three-dimensional stress and strain state we
can write
[
] (2-1a)
[
] (2-1b)
The tilde sign is used as notation for second order tensor. For plane stress conditions
these change to
[
] (2-2a)
[
] (2-2b)
Considering plane stress conditions, the imposed constraints to stress and strain
components in normal (through thickness) direction give rise to difficulties in the
numerical integration algorithm. Therefore an alternative notation is commonly used.
The above 3*3 tensors reduce to 2*2 tensors and the strain in normal direction is
explicitly updated based on the in-plane components at the end of the numerical
integration scheme (see section 2.5). Consequently this reduced notation is presented
by
13
[
] (2-3a)
[
] (2-3b)
Using Voigt notation is advantageous over tensorial notation for describing plasticity
equations and, moreover, it is the convention used in the commercial finite element
(FE) software ABAQUS. However, attention has to be paid to the fact that the shear
strain in Voigt notation is the engineering shear strain and is twice the tensorial
shear strain value.
(2-4)
In addition, the order of stress and strain vector components in ABAQUS/Implicit is
inconsistent with that in ABAQUS/Explicit. For three-dimensional elements in
ABAQUS/Implicit the stress and strain storage schemes respectively take the
following forms
[ ] (2-5a)
[ ] (2-5b)
In case of three-dimensional elements in ABAQUS/Explicit
[ ] (2-6a)
[ ] (2-6b)
For plane stress problems the following representations apply for ABAQUS/Implicit
[ ] (2-7a)
[ ] (2-7b)
Considering ABAQUS/Explicit, the stress and strain storage scheme is slightly
different such that
[ ] (2-8a)
[ ] (2-8b)
It is observed that the tensorial shear strain component is stored and not engineering
component.
14 Chapter 2, Continuum plasticity: some basic concepts
2.3 Tensor invariants
Tensor invariants of a symmetric tensor are characteristics that are not changed by
any linear operator such as a transformation to a different reference system (Lubliner,
1990).
Fig 2-1 illustrates a degrees rotation of one sheet metal orthotropic frame (xx-yy) to
another orthotropic frame (11-22). The transformations of stress and strain tensors (in
Voigt notation) between these two Cartesian reference bases are respectively defined
in Eqns. (2-9a) and (2-9b)
Fig 2-1: Illustration of a degrees rotation of a Cartesian reference base.
[
] [
] [
] (2-9a)
[
] [
] [
] (2-9b)
Considering the tensorial notation, for instance using (2-3a), the (clockwise) rotated
stress tensor
is calculated by
(2-10)
where the “.” denotes dot product of two second order tensors (i.e.,
) and
the rotation matrix
is
[
] (2-11)
The principal stress invariants are given by
22
11
yy (transverse)
xx (rolling)
15
( )
(
( ))
(2-12)
( )
where the “:” denotes double contraction of two second order tensors (i.e.,
). Einstein summation convention for repeated indices has been used. The stress
components , and are the principal stresses.
For plane stress problems the stress invariants are obtained as
(2-13)
For both three dimensional and plane stress problems the principal invariants (
and ) can be encapsulated in the characteristics equation described in Eqn.(2-14).
The roots of the cubic and quadratic characteristics equations, respectively for 3D and
2D plane stress problems, define the eigenvalues (principal stresses). The
characteristics equation is described by
(
) (2-14)
With being the principal stresses and for 3D problems and for 2D
problems. The tensor is the second order identity tensor
[
] (2-15)
and are orthonormal bases and is the Kronecker symbol
{
} ( 2-16)
The symbol denotes tensor product (dyadic product) such that
(2-17)
16 Chapter 2, Continuum plasticity: some basic concepts
Recasting principal invariants into the polynomial characteristics equation for third
rank tensor (3D problems and solid elements) results in
(2-18)
And for plane stress problems
(2-19)
2.4 Deviatoric stress
According to experimental tests carried out by Bridgman (1947, 1952), the
hydrostatic stress has no influence on plastic deformation and yielding of the material.
Hence, many yield criteria use deviatoric stress instead of Cauchy stress. This is done
either by direct input of deviatoric stress instead of Cauchy stress or by using Cauchy
stress as the input and transforming it to deviatoric stress within the yield function as
is the case for well-known yield models proposed by Barlat et al. (1997; 2003; 2005;
2007) that will be discussed later in section 2.5.
Deviatoric stress is determined by
(2-20)
and
(2-21)
where is the hydrostatic stress.
An alternative way to determine deviatoric stress from Cauchy stress using matrix
operation in Voigt notation is
(2-22)
where T is a transformation matrix. For plane stress and three-dimensional problems T
respectively becomes
[
] (2-23a)
17
[ ]
(2-23b)
2.5 Hooke’s law
At very small strains, the stress-strain behavior of metals is almost reversible and
linear. Beyond this elastic range, the material is in the so-called yielding condition
(elastic-plastic condition) in which permanent or inelastic deformations occur. Using
additive decomposition of elastic and plastic strain rates, the strain increment is split
into elastic and plastic components
(2-24)
where
,
and
are increments of respectively total strain, elastic strain and
plastic strain. This additive decomposition is unambiguously valid for infinitesimal
strain tensors. For finite strains, it must be noted that the elastic and plastic strain rates
of deformation are additively decomposed only when the elastic strain is defined by
an appropriate logarithmic strain measure, and is considerably smaller than the plastic
one (Dunne and Petrinic, 2005). Using Hooke’s law, the increment of Cauchy (true)
stress (
) is a function of elastic strain increment in both elastic and elastic-plastic
regions. Hooke’s law is written as
(2-25)
where the fourth order symmetric tensor
is the elasticity tensor. The generalized
relation for a multi-axial stress state is
(2-26)
With and being Lame constant and shear modulus respectively. Tensor
is the
fourth order identity tensor (Simo and Hughes, 1998).
(2-27a)
(2-27b)
[ ] (2-27c)
18 Chapter 2, Continuum plasticity: some basic concepts
where and are elastic modulus and Poisson’s ratio.
The elasticity tensor in Eqn.(2-25) can be redefined to Eqns.(2-28a) and (2-28b)
respectively for three-dimensional and plane stress problems
[
]
(2-28a)
[
] (2-28b)
From Eqns.(2-7b) and (2-28b), one may notice that the through thickness strain value
is not directly incorporated in the definition of elasticity and strain tensors for plane
stress problems. That is due to the fact that the most convenient approach to deal with
the zero stress and non-zero strain in the thickness direction in plane stress problems
(e.g. using conventional shell elements) is an explicit definition of elastic-plastic
strains in the through thickness direction based on the in-plane strains. Through
thickness elastic strain is determined by the in-plane strains and stresses respectively
in Eqns. (2-29a) and (2-29b).
(2-29a)
(2-29b)
On the other hand, based on the assumption of constancy of volume the through
thickness plastic strain increment can be expressed as
(2-30)
Finally, from Eqns.(2-29b) and (2-30) the total through thickness strain increment
becomes
( 2-31)
The reason for using incremental values instead of total values is that the incremental
values are determined by the numerical algorithms and subsequently these increments
are added to their corresponding values from previous steps within the algorithm.
19
2.6 Incompressibility hypothesis
Experimental observations of Bridgman (1947, 1952) showed that plastic deformation
takes place with negligible volume change. Accordingly, zero permanent volume
change or so-called zero (or negligible) plastic dilatancy has been the basic
assumption for almost all metal plasticity theories (Khan and Huang, 1995).
In equation form, zero plastic dilatancy states that during plastic deformation
( )
(2-32)
2.7 Various measures of strain
Different definitions for strain exist in continuum plasticity. To this end, let us define
the concept of deformation gradient that is essential for definition of different strains.
First, consider an imaginary continuum body consisting of particles continuously
distributed in space. Fig 2-2 presents this continuum body at both undeformed (initial)
and deformed (current) states. At the deformed state the material has undergone rigid
body movement, rigid body rotation and stretch due to external force. As seen in Fig
2-2, the infinitesimal vector embedded in the undeformed state is transformed to
in the deformed state. The stretch and rigid body rotation can be described by
the second order deformation gradient F.
(2-33a)
(2-33b)
(2-33c)
In other words, the deformation gradient is a linear operator that relates every
infinitesimal line such as in the initial state to the corresponding infinitesimal line
in the deformed state (Khan and Huang, 1995). The deformation gradient does
not include rigid body translation.
20 Chapter 2, Continuum plasticity: some basic concepts
Fig 2-2: A continuum body in undeformed state undergoing deformation to the
deformed state.
According to the polar decomposition theorem, the second order tensor of
deformation gradient can be decomposed into the product of a rotational tensor
(orthogonal) and a stretch tensor (symmetric positive-definite) such that
(2-34)
and
being respectively right and left stretch tensors and
is the rotation tensor.
is an orthogonal tensor in a sense that
(
and
and are
symmetric in a sense that
and
. Right and left stretch tensors are
related to each other by (Simo and Hughes, 1998)
(2-35a)
(2-35b)
So-called right and left Cauchy-Green tensors are respectively defined as
(2-36a)
(2-36b)
21
As opposed to the tensor
which is not necessarily symmetric, the
tensor is
always symmetric. Right and left Cauchy-Green tensors are related to each other by
(Simo and Hughes, 1998)
(2-37a)
(2-37b)
The following expression can be derived to relate the reverse of left and right Cauchy-
Green tensors to the deformation gradient (as will be required for different definitions
of strain later in this section)
(
)
(2-38a)
(
)
(2-38b)
The tensor
is also called Finger deformation tensor (Lubliner, 1990).
From Eqns. (2-36a) and (2-36b) one may notice that for a rigid body motion (in terms
of both translation and rotation) when the right and left stretch tensors become
identity tensors, the Cauchy–Green tensors give non-zero strain values.
Therefore proper definitions of strain that solely depend on stretch, such that zero
strain is obtained for rigid body motions, are preferable. Accordingly, alternative
strain measures such as Euler-Almansi, Green-Lagrange and true strains have been
defined.
The Euler-Almansi strain is defined as
(2-39)
The Green-Lagrange strain
(
) (2-40)
The true (or logarithmic or Hencky) strain
(2-41)
22 Chapter 2, Continuum plasticity: some basic concepts
Consequently, these strain measures result in zero strain for the case of rigid body
movement.
2.8 Simple shear test as an example
The aim of this section is to determine the true strain value using deformation
gradient tensor for a simple shear test on an element. Fig 2-3 schematically presents
the initial and the deformed element shape.
Fig 2-3: Schematic drawing of a simple shear test.
For a simple shear test the deformation gradient is obtained as
[
] (2-42)
where
(2-43)
for small deformations. From Eqn. (2-36b) the right Cauchy-Green tensor can be
written as
[ ] (2-44)
Finally, the Green-Lagrange strain tensor and its corresponding shear strain
component respectively are
(
)
[ ] (2-45a)
(2-45b)
dInitial state
b Deformed state
Y
X
xx
yy
xy
23
Considering the true strain tensor, as shown in Eqn. (2-41) a natural logarithm
operator has to be applied to the reverse of the left Cauchy strain tensor determined in
Eqn. (2-46).
[ ] (2-46)
However, to perform an operation on a tensor, the operation has to be applied on the
eigenvalues or principal values. In other words, the tensor has to be transformed into
its principal coordinates by finding the eigenvectors and eigenvalues and then
applying the operator (natural logarithm in this case). Transforming the tensor back to
its former coordinate system will complete the operation. Therefore Eqn. (2-41) is
recast into
(
)
(2-47)
where the matrix
and diagonal matrix
respectively contain the eigenvectors
(principal directions) and the eigenvalues (principal strains) of
.
Diagonal matrix
[
( √ )
( √ )
] (2-48)
The matrix M with the eigenvectors is
[
( √ )
( √ )
] (2-49)
Finally, the true shear strain value is calculated as follows
( √ ) [
( √ )]
√
( √ ) [
( √ )]
√ (2-50)
2.9 Co-rotational rate of Cauchy stress
A tensor
is called objective or frame indifferent when it rotates as follows
(2-51)
24 Chapter 2, Continuum plasticity: some basic concepts
where
is the rotated matrix. However, as opposed to the Cauchy stress ( the rate
of Cauchy stress is not objective as shown in
(2-52a)
(2-52b)
To solve this fallacy, an objective stress rate is required to properly take the material
rotation into account for calculation of Cauchy stress tensor. Various definitions for
objective (corotational) stress rates exist such as Jaumann, Green-Naghdi and
Truesdell. The Jaumann and Green-Naghdi stress rates are used in Abaqus solvers as
shown in Table 1 (Hibbitt Karlsson and Sorensen Inc).
Table 1 Objective stress rates in Abaqus solvers Solver Element type Constitutive model Objective rate
Abaqus/Standard
Solid (Continuum) All built-in and user-defined
materials Jaumann
Structural (Shells, Membranes,
Beams, Trusses)
All built-in and user-defined
materials Green-Naghdi
Abaqus/Explicit
Solid (Continuum) All except viscoelastic, brittle
cracking, and VUMAT Jaumann
Solid (Continuum) Viscoelastic, brittle cracking,
and VUMAT Green-Naghdi
Structural (Shells, Membranes,
Beams, Trusses)
All built-in and user-defined
materials Green-Naghdi
To determine the Jaumann and Green-Naghdi stress rates some important concepts
concerning the kinematics of deformation have to be defined. First, consider the time
rate of change of the deformation gradient:
(
)
( 2-53)
and are respectively the velocity gradient and rate of deformation gradient, and
is the velocity. The velocity gradient can be decomposed into a symmetric and an
anti-symmetric (skew) part.
( 2-54)
with the symmetric part
and the skew part
being respectively the rate of
deformation and the continuum spin.
( 2-55a)
25
( 2-55b)
Finally, the Jaumann rate of Cauchy stress
is determined by
( 2-56)
The Green-Naghdi stress rate
is
( 2-57)
where
( 2-58)
It must be noted that all the quantities in the remainder of this work are measured with
regard to the orthotropic co-rotational reference frame. In addition, in this dissertation
the conjugate stress of logarithmic strain, true stress, is accepted as the only definition
of stress, unless stated otherwise.
2.10 Summary
In this chapter we discussed some basic concepts of continuum plasticity. These
concepts will be used repeatedly in next chapters. For instance, the concept of
deviatoric stress is used for the definition of anisotropic yield functions. Hooke’s law
is used for elasto-plastic formulations. The incompressibility hypothesis is used for
the derivation of through thickness strain that is needed for calculating Lankford
coefficients. Regarding the stress and strain definitions, we always use true values in
the remainder of this dissertation. However, shear strain is always considered as its
engineering value unless stated otherwise. No further effort is needed to convert the
corotational rate of Cauchy stress from its Cauchy value. This is due to using shell
elements in Abaqus finite element code. In other words, when using shell element in
this code, the coordination system (in which stress and strain are defined) always
coincides with the material orthotropic orientations.
26 Chapter 2, Continuum plasticity: some basic concepts
Bibliography
Barlat, F., Maeda, Y., Chung, K., Yanagawa, M., Brem, J.C., Hayashida, Y., Lege,
D.J., Matsui, K., Murtha, S.J., Hattori, S., Becker, R.C., Makosey, S., 1997. Yield
function development for aluminum alloy sheets. J Mech Phys Solids 45, 1727-1763.
Barlat, F., Brem, J.C., Yoon, J.W., Chung, K., Dick, R.E., Lege, D.J., Pourgoghrat, F.,
Choi, S.H., Chu, E., 2003. Plane stress yield function for aluminum alloy sheets - part
1: theory. International Journal of Plasticity 19, 1297-1319.
Barlat, F., Aretz, H., Yoon, J.W., Karabin, M.E., Brem, J.C., Dick, R.E., 2005. Linear
transfomation-based anisotropic yield functions. International Journal of Plasticity 21,
1009-1039.
Barlat, F., Yoon, J.W., Cazacu, O., 2007. On linear transformations of stress tensors
for the description of plastic anisotropy. International Journal of Plasticity 23, 876-
896.
Belytschko, T., Liu, W.K., Moran, B., 2000. Nonlinear finite elements for continua
and structures. John Wiley, Chichester ISBN 0471987735
Bridgman, P.W., 1947. The Effect of Hydrostatic Pressure on the Fracture of Brittle
Substances. J. Appl. Phys 18.
Bridgman, P.W., 1952. Studies in large plastic flow and fracture with special
emphasis on the effects of hydrostatic pressure, 1st ed. McGraw-Hill, New York,.
Crisfield, M.A., 2000. Non-linear finite element analysis of solids and structures
Wiley, Chichester ; New York.
Crisfield, M.A., 2001. More plasticity and other material non-linearity-II, Non-linear
finite element analysis of solids and structures. Wiley, Chichester, UK pp. 158–164.
Dunne, F., Petrinic, N., 2005. Introduction to computational plasticity. Oxford
University Press, Oxford ; New York.
Hibbitt Karlsson and Sorensen Inc, Abaqus theory manual ABAQUS User's Manuals
Version 6.10. Pawtucket, Rhode Island, USA.
Khan, A.S., Huang, S., 1995. Continuum theory of plasticity. Wiley, New York.
Lubliner, J., 1990. Plasticity theory. Macmillan and Collier Macmillan, New York.
Simo, J.C., Hughes, T.J.R., 1998. Computational inelasticity, Interdisciplinary applied
mathematics. Springer, New York ISBN 0387975209
Chapter 3
3 Hardening models
28 Chapter 3. Hardening models
3.1 Introduction
This chapter explains the concept of hardening and presents a review of commonly
used phenomenological hardening models in the framework of quasi-static loading
conditions. Common features of load reversals are described and capabilities of
different hardening models in modeling these features are discussed. In Section 3.2
the concept of hardening is defined. In Section 3.3 and 3.4 isotropic and kinematic
types of hardening are discussed respectively. Due to the fact that none of these
models alone is sufficiently accurate to describe hardening behaviour, in Section 3.5
the concept of mixed hardening is defined and various classic and advanced mixed
hardening models are discussed. Lastly in Section 3.6, a physically based hardening
model is briefly discussed.
3.2 Hardening of metals
The dislocation glide or slip on crystallographic planes and directions is known to be
the reason of work hardening in metals at low temperatures (Kocks et al., 2000). As
deformation proceeds, a gradual lattice rotation is caused by the dislocation slip and
next the dislocations accumulate at microstructural obstacles resulting in an increase
in the slip resistance for further deformation. This increase in slip resistance during
plastic deformation is characterized as the hardening of the material (Cardoso and
Yoon, 2009). The part of the stress-strain curve representing plastic deformation is
also called the flow curve. Because of hardening the flow stress increases with the
total amount of plastic dissipation or a corresponding measure of accumulated plastic
strain. When the material is unloaded, the instantaneous flow stress becomes the new
yield stress (Barlat, 2007).
The total hardening behavior can be decomposed into two basic types of hardening
that respectively deal with translation and expansion of the yield surface. The
motivation for such consideration is that an accurate description of hardening upon
load reversal is highly necessary due to its significant effects on stress and residual
stress distributions, which are important in calculating springback and loading
capacity of sheet metal parts. Distortional hardening is yet another type of hardening
behavior based on which the shape of the yield surface evolves during plastic
deformation. In Chapter 10, distortional hardening is experimentally evaluated and an
evolutionary hardening formulation is proposed.
The isotropic hardening function, , determines a uniform increase of the yield
surface’s size in all directions (Fig 3-1 -b.) and the kinematic hardening function
(back-stress), , translates the yield surface in stress space (Fig 3-1 -c.). An isotropic
hardening function cannot describe the distinct features of a cyclic hardening curve.
Translation of the yield surface was experimentally observed in sheet metals
subjected to cyclic loading (Zhao and Lee, 2001). However, if only a kinematic
hardening function is used, both hardening in reversed loading and springback are
29
underestimated. This effect is reversed if only isotropic hardening is considered.
Therefore a proper combination of isotropic and kinematic hardening functions,
which simultaneously accounts for both expansion and translation of the yield
surface, is indispensable to predict the stress-strain state of a material under both
proportional and reversed loading conditions. A combination of isotropic and
kinematic hardening functions is further referred to as a mixed isotropic-kinematic
hardening function (Fig 3-1 -d.). The concepts of isotropic, kinematic and mixed
isotropic-kinematic hardening are depicted in Fig 3-1 .
Fig 3-1 Concept of isotropic, kinematic and mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening.
3.3 Isotropic hardening
Using an isotropic hardening model is reasonably effective to simulate monotonous
processes in which the load direction does not change (Chung et al., 2005). Several
commonly used isotropic hardening laws are presented in the following.
Ludwick (1909) (3-1a)
Hollomon (1944) (3-1b)
( ) Voce (1948) (3-1c)
Swift (1947) (3-1d)
Prager (1938) (3-1e)
These hardening laws make use of the following material parameters: is the initial
yield stress, K is a strength coefficient, is a strain hardening exponent, Q is a
q
d)
c)b)
Mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening
Kinematic hardeningIsotropic hardening
yy
xx
xx
yy
xx
yy
xx
yy
Initial yield surfacea)
-q
30 Chapter 3. Hardening models
saturation parameter with equal to the saturated value of stress at very high
plastic strain, is the rate of saturation, the initial plastic strain and
E is the elastic modulus.
Among the isotropic hardening functions given in Eqns. (3-1a) to (3-1e) the Voce and
Swift laws have been widely used as hardening definitions for sheet metals. The Voce
hardening law is mostly used for steels which generally exhibit a saturating hardening
behavior in a sense that the rate of increase of stress decreases with additional plastic
deformation and turns into zero at very high plastic strains. On the other hand, the
Swift hardening law is preferred for most aluminium alloys that exhibit a non-
saturating hardening behavior. A combined Swift-Voce (CSV) law incorporates both
saturating and non-saturating hardening functions through the use of a weighting
factor . This can result in an excellent fit to both steels and aluminium alloys.
The combined Swift-Voce model is expressed as
( ( )
) ( ( )) (3-2)
where is the weighting factor.
The Swift, Voce and CSV laws are compared in Fig 3-2 for an interstitial free DC06
deep drawing steel. The experimental data correspond to a uniaxial tensile test on a
specimen with a 15° orientation to the rolling direction.
Fig 3-2 Hardening curves predicted by Swift, Voce and CSV laws for DC06 deep
drawing steel.
It must be noted that the reason that a proper isotropic hardening function generally
gives appropriate results for applications involving monotonic loading is that the
functions presented in Eqns. (3-1a) to (3-1e) are capable of providing a suitable fit to
31
the uniaxial tensile stress-strain curve for different orientations with respect to the
rolling direction.
Many metal forming processes involve reversed loading (e.g. imposed by draw beads
in deep drawing) or other non-proportional loading conditions (e.g. imposed by a
sequence of stamping processes). In case of using an isotropic hardening function for
such load reversal conditions, the hardening in reversed loading is overestimated
resulting in an exaggeration of the predicted springback and residual stresses (Zhao
and Lee, 2002). Using a kinematic hardening function might be an alternative. This is
discussed in the following section.
3.4 Kinematic hardening
Load reversal is a common phenomenon in sheet metal forming operations such as
bending and unbending at die shoulder and punch in a deep drawing or stamping
process (Zang et al., 2011). Fig 3-3 shows a forward and reverse deep drawing
simulation which involves the load reversal phenomenon (Yoon et al., 2004). It is
well known that upon load reversal the Bauschinger effect, transient behavior and
some degree of stress shift (permanent softening) can be observed. In addition, for
mild steel sheets, the abnormal evolution of the hardening curve (stagnation behavior)
may be observed (Yoshida and Uemori, 2002), Fig 3-4. These phenomena, that are
explained in following sections, cannot be predicted by an isotropic hardening
function.
Forward deep drawing (first step)
Forward deep drawing (second step)
Reverse deep drawing (first step)
Reverse deep drawing (second step)
Fig 3-3 Finite element simulation of forward and reverse deep drawing tests proposed
32 Chapter 3. Hardening models
at NUMISHEET’99 conference by Yoon et al (2004).
3.4.1 Bauschinger effect
This feature observed for several metals and their alloys appears due to the micro-
residual stresses existing in the material resulting from strain incompatibilities
between grains during hardening (Barlat, 2007). The Bauschinger effect is
macroscopically characterized by a reduced yield stress of the material upon load
reversal, typically tension followed by compression (Cardoso and Yoon, 2009). For
instance, yielding upon load reversal happens at instead of as shown in Fig 3-4. It
has been reported that the Bauschinger effect can change the magnitude of springback
by a factor of two (Wagoner et al., 2012). A linear kinematic hardening function takes
this Bauschinger effect into account. However, using a non-linear kinematic
hardening component improves the shape of the hardening curve (Thuillier and
Manach, 2009).
Fig 3-4 Schematic of hardening curve for a reversed loading condition.
The Bauschinger effect can be quantified by the Bauschinger ratio which is calculated
as (Lee et al., 2007)
(3-3)
where is the flow stress or instantaneous yield stress at the beginning of load
reversal and is the initial flow stress after load reversal (i.e., and are stress
values respectively corresponding to and in Fig 3-4.). In addition, the size and the
c
a<2 2
TransientStagnatio n
Permanent
softening
33
translation of the yield surface upon reversed loading can be evaluated by the
isotropic ( ) and kinematic hardening values ( ) respectively
(3-4a)
(3-4b)
To predict the Bauschinger effect, Prager proposed the first linear kinematic
hardening model with one material parameter (Prager, 1956)
(3-5)
In Prager’s model, the yield surface translates in the same direction as the plastic
strain rate due to the fact that the evolution of back-stress (
) is collinear with that of
plastic strain. Due to this linearity, difficulties appear when this model is used for
cyclic loading which involves load reversals (Chaboche, 1986). In addition, as
described by Ziegler, Prager’s model does not generate consistent results for 2D and
3D cases (Ziegler, 1959).
To overcome this inconsistency, later, Ziegler proposed another linear kinematic
hardening function in which the yield surface translates radially from the center
(Ziegler, 1959)
(3-6)
denotes the yield function (or in other words the size and shape of the yield surface)
and is a hardening parameter.
As they use only one parameter in the kinematic hardening function, the Prager and
Ziegler models cannot describe the hardening non-linearities which play an important
role in the mechanical behavior.
The Bauschinger effect is reproduced by various classical hardening models such as
Mroz’s multi surface theory (1967, 1969), and the two surface models of Dafalias and
Popov (1976) and Krieg (1975) and Armstrong and Frederick (1966). Major
difference between these models is the definition of the generalized plastic modulus
i.e.,
in
(Ristinmaa, 1995). In Mroz’s model the translation direction and
the generalized plastic modulus are defined at the first step and then by applying the
consistency rule (which accounts for preserving the stress on the yield surface) the
magnitude of translation of the yield surface is determined. In the Armstrong-
Frederick model, on the other hand, the direction and magnitude of translation of the
34 Chapter 3. Hardening models
yield surface are determined first and then through the consistency condition the
plastic modulus is calculated (Geng and Wagoner, 2002).
The next section focuses on mixed hardening models that can account for hardening
non-linearities.
3.5 Mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening
3.5.1 Transient effect
From the above-mentioned hardening non-linearities, the transient behavior is the
smooth transition from the elastic to the plastic region in the hardening curve with a
rapid change of strain-hardening rate (segment corresponding to in Fig 3-4).
Classical hardening models proposed by Armstrong and Frederick (1966) and by
Chaboche (Chaboche, 1986, 1991) consider this evanescent strain memory effect
observed in cyclic loadings by adding a relaxation term (also called recall term) to
Ziegler’s linear kinematic hardening function, both of which evolve independently.
The Armstrong–Frederick type non-linear kinematic hardening functions dominated
before 2005 and remain prevalent (Wagoner et al., 2012). To improve the prediction
of both Bauschinger effect and transient behavior, the Armstrong–Frederick
kinematic hardening function combined with an isotropic hardening function was
proposed and used by different authors (Chung et al., 2005; Cao et al., 2009).
The Armstrong–Frederick kinematic hardening function is defined by
(3-7)
where and are hardening parameters and
. Integrating this model for
uniaxial loading gives
⁄ ( ) (3-8)
where ⁄ and denote the saturated value of back-stress and rate of saturation,
respectively.
Later Chaboche (Chaboche, 1986) proposed superposing multiple Armstrong &
Frederick functions as one model which may result in a considerable improvement of
results in most cases. In this case
∑
(3-9)
35
where N is the number of back-stress components. The Chaboche kinematic
hardening function is commonly used with the Voce isotropic hardening law. The
Voce isotropic hardening function is written as
(3-10)
with
(3-11)
where the superposed dot denotes the rate of a variable. Assuming uniaxial loading,
the Voce model becomes
( ) (3-12)
In cyclic loading conditions the Voce isotropic hardening stabilizes to with a
saturation rate of after a certain number of cycles (Chaboche, 1986). In the Voce
model the yield surface expansion rate decreases monotonically, which properly
generates a convex hardening curve for stable materials. For materials with non-
saturating hardening behavior the Voce model can better be replaced by other
hardening laws such as the Swift law. Assuming the Chaboche kinematic hardening
function with Voce isotropic hardening law for a uniaxial tensile test results in
⁄ ( ) (3-13)
3.5.2 Permanent softening
The permanent softening or the permanent stress offset, i.e. between and in Fig
3-4, is the feature following after transient behavior. This effect is caused by partial
dissolution of dislocation cell walls performed during forward deformation (Zang et
al., 2011). The magnitude of the permanent softening is known to change with the
magnitude of pre-strain (Hahm and Kim, 2008).
According to Chaboche (1986), the Armstrong–Frederick models can also be
considered as a two-surface model. Subsequently, to include the permanent softening
effect, the bounding surface describing the limiting state of stress, can evolve
according to a kinematic or mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening model, resulting into
two-surface models proposed by Geng and Wagoner (2000; 2002), Yoshida and
Uemori (2002, 2003) and Lee et al. (2007). Considering the model proposed by Geng
and Wagoner (2000) with three material parameters, the bounding surface develops
according to a mixed hardening law to expand and translate simultaneously. Fig 3-5
schematizes the concept underlying the Geng-Wagoner hardening model. In this
model, the evolution of the yield surface resembles that of the Armstrong–Frederick
36 Chapter 3. Hardening models
function with the recall term replaced by a vector connecting the centers of the yield
and bounding surfaces. Moreover, the transient behavior is modeled via a translation
of the yield surface and the permanent softening effect is produced by the bounding
surface evolution.
Fig 3-5 Schematic representation of the Geng-Wagoner hardening model (Geng and
Wagoner, 2002).
One of the computational drawbacks of the two-surface model proposed by Geng and
Wagoner (2000) is the procedure for updating the distance of the stress state point (a)
and the mapping point (A) on the bounding surface shown in Fig 3-6, leading to
inconsistencies (overshooting problems) for complex loading conditions (Khan and
Huang, 1995).
Fig 3-6 A schematic view of the two-surface model and two gap distances.
This problem typically appears when the material is elastically unloaded and then
reloaded again, (Lee et al., 2007), as illustrated in Fig 3-7. To avoid the overshooting
problem, Lee et al. (2007) proposed a practical two-surface model that can
incorporate general anisotropic yield surfaces as well as the combined isotropic and
kinematic hardening for both yield and bounding surfaces. They defined a reverse
δ
OO
σΣ
A
a
Bounding
surface
Yield surface
σyy
σxx
37
loading criterion such that the new initial gap distance, the initial in Fig 3-6, is
updated only when the reverse loading criterion is satisfied (Lee et al., 2007).
Fig 3-7 The overshooting problem in the two-surface model (Lee et al., 2007).
Having introduced the two-surface models, to capture the permanent softening in the
framework of a one-surface cyclic model, Chun et al (2002a) proposed a modification
to the isotopic hardening part of the mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening function
with two term Chaboche model. In their model the second Chaboche term is
described by a Ziegler’s linear kinematic hardening. This second term turns into zero
in case of load reversal thus requiring a loading/unloading criterion in Chun’s model.
A loading/unloading criterion for a general plane-stress case can be formulated using
the stress tensors at the previous and current time steps. For example, the state of the
loading at the current step is defined as reversal if the angle between these two stress
tensors is between 90° and 270° (Chun et al., 2002b). Nonetheless, Zang et al (2011)
described that this loading criterion must be carefully formulated otherwise an
incorrect stress might be obtained. An improved version of Chun’s model is discussed
in the next section.
Recently, Zang (2011) inspired by the work of Chun (2002a), proposed a one-surface
cyclic hardening function that predicts the Bauschinger effect, transient behaviour and
permanent softening. In addition, in his model the loading/unloading criterion is no
longer required. Analogously to the Chaboche model, Zang’s model generates the
saturating hardening after some cycles (Fig 3-8).
38 Chapter 3. Hardening models
Fig 3-8: Cyclic loading generated using Zang’s model. The saturating hardening
behavior is properly generated at a high number of cycles.
In Zang’s model the isotropic hardening function is described in the following form
( )
⁄ ( ) (3-14)
It is noticed that the first and second terms in the right side of the Eqn.(3-14)
constitute the Voce isotropic hardening law, and the third term is the integrated form
of the one-term Chaboche kinematic hardening function for a uniaxial loading
condition.
The kinematic hardening model consists of a two-term Chaboche function in which
the first term is a non-linear Armstrong and Frederick function and the second term is
Ziegler’s linear kinematic hardening.
(3-15a)
(3-15b)
(3-15c)
where , and are material parameters. The non-linear term in Eqn. (3-15b) is
solely associated to the transient behavior. The second term, Ziegler’s linear
kinematic hardening law in Eqn. (3-15c), is used to generate a constant stress offset. It
must be noted that considering Zang’s mixed hardening model, the introduction of the
modified isotropic hardening law Eqn.(3-14) improves the capability of the
39
constitutive model in modelling transient behaviour since it causes the back-stress
to be only associated to the transient behavior (Zang et al., 2011). The term can be
extended to better describe saturating behaviour (Zang et al., 2011). For uniaxial
loading, Zang’s model can be integrated to
( ) (3-16)
where denotes back-stress in uniaxial tension. For uniaxial compression, due to the
change of stress direction, we have
(3-17)
being back-stress during reversed loading. In general, the integrated form of the
tensor ( during uniaxial and reversed loading can be written as
⁄ (
⁄ ) ( ) (3-18)
where gives the flow direction (i.e. +1 and -1 respectively denote forward
and reversed loading) and
and respectively denote the value of and
accumulated plastic strain at the onset of load reversal (Chaboche, 2008). Similarly,
for the second term of kinematic hardening we write
(3-19)
with
the value of at the onset of load reversal. Considering the load reversal
( , the combination of Eqn.(3-18) and Eqn.(3-19) gives the total kinematic
hardening denoted by
⁄ (
⁄ ) ( )
(3-20)
3.5.3 Work hardening stagnation
This phenomenon appears as an abnormal shape in the hardening curve in the
reversed loading condition, corresponding to the segment in Fig 3-4. This
effect is very apparent in mild steels whereas it vanishes for high strength steels and is
less pronounced in most aluminium alloys (Yoshida and Uemori, 2002). It has also
been found that the magnitude of the stagnation phenomenon depends on the
magnitude of pre-strain, i.e. the length of the stagnation plateau increases with an
increase in pre-strain. To the best of our knowledge, this phenomenon can only be
40 Chapter 3. Hardening models
described by the two-surface model of Yoshida and Uemori (2002, 2003) and the
dislocation-based microstructural model of Teodosiu and Hu (1995).
Yoshida and Uemori (2002, 2003) proposed a two-surface hardening model that
gained considerable popularity mainly due to the relatively low number (6) of model
parameters to be determined. More importantly, their model can predict work
hardening stagnation as well as transient behaviour, Bauschinger effect and
permanent softening. In Yoshida-Uemori model, the yield surface only moves
kinematically within a bounding surface of which the evolution is controlled by a
mixed isotropic–kinematic hardening model. This translation of the yield surface is
obtained by the superposition of two non-linear kinematic hardening functions
leading to modeling the Bauschinger effect and transient behavior. In addition, the
isotropic hardening of the bounding surface describes the global work hardening.
Permanent softening and work hardening stagnation are reproduced by the kinematic
hardening and non-isotropic hardening region of the bounding surface. Despite its
high efficiency, limiting the equivalent plastic strain to the von Mises definition is a
theoretical drawback of this model.
As opposed to the two-surface models of Geng and Wagoner, overshooting is no
longer a problem in the Yoshida-Uemori model. That is because the relative
translation of the yield surface with regard to the bounding surface is controlled by a
function of the difference between the sizes of the two surfaces and it saturates to the
gap between the two surfaces.
3.6 Physically based hardening models
Nonetheless the considerable capabilities of the Yoshida-Uemori model in prediction
of features of cyclic hardening curves, it cannot describe the behavior of the
hardening curve for more complex industrial processes such as multi-step operations.
Therefore, due to the fact that hardening is essentially due to the dislocation
microstructure and its evolution (Haddag et al., 2007), the physically-based models
can be expected to even more enhance the predictive capabilities of hardening
models. The dislocation-based microstructural model proposed by Teodosiu and Hu
(Teodosiu and Hu, 1995) shows significant strength in prediction of all the
aforementioned features in cyclic loading as well as those particularly observed in
case of orthogonal strain paths. This is due to the introduction of physically-motivated
internal variables that describe the evolution of the persistent dislocation structures
(Haddag et al., 2007). Fig 3-9 presents a comparison of the level of predictability of
the models of Chaboche and of Teodosiu and Hu during a load path change. The
significance of using physically based models is pointed out in works of Bouvier et al
(Bouvier et al., 2005; Bouvier et al., 2006), Flores et al (Flores et al., 2007) and
Haddadi et al (Haddadi et al., 2006).
41
Fig 3-9 Comparison between Teodosiu and Hu’s microstructural hardening model and
Chaboche’s classical model for a reverse shear test on mild steel at 10% and 30% pre-
strain (Haddag et al., 2007).
3.7 Summary
In this chapter we presented the common phenomena observed in the hardening curve
upon load reversal. It is assumed that the yield surface expands and translates during
proportional and reversed loading respectively. This translation and expansion of
yield surface is taken into account by splitting the hardening curve into kinematic and
isotropic components. We provided a brief review of various hardening models
among which the Chaboche model has been preferred for use in finite element
simulations for a long time. A modification to the mixed hardening of Chaboche-
Voce as suggested by Zang et al (2011) was discussed. In chapter 5, this model will
be combined with two anisotropic yield criteria. The review of hardening models in
this chapter also covers models of Geng and Wagoner (2000), Yoshida and Uemori
(2002) and Teodosiu and Hu (1995). In Table 3-1, the capabilities of discussed
hardening models with respect to the prediction of different phenomena of cyclic
loading are provided. In addition, we add a newly published work of Barlat et al
(2012) for comparison in that table. His model is a homogeneous anisotropic
hardening model that captures all the phenomena discussed in this chapter. Due to
complexity of this model, we only describe the capabilities of this model in Table 3-1.
Table 3-1 Characteristics of various hardening models
Bauschinger
effect
Transient
Behavior
Permanent
softening
Work hardening
Stagnation
Voce, Swift and CSV - - -
Prager (1956) - - -
Ziegler (1959)
Chaboche (1986) - -
Zang (2011) -
Geng-Wagoner (2002) -
Yoshida-Uemori (2002)
Teodosiu and Hu (1995)
Barlat (2012)
42 Chapter 3. Hardening models
Bibliography
Armstrong, P.J., Frederick, C.O., 1966. A Mathematical representation of the
multiaxial Bauschinger effect. Central Electricity Generating Board Report, Berkeley
Nuclear Laboratories, RD/B/N 731.
Barlat, F., 2007. Constitutive Modeling for Metals, in: Banabic, D. (Ed.), Advanced
Methods in Material Forming. Springer Berlin Heidelberg, pp. 1-18.
Barlat, F., Ha, J., Grácio, J.J., Lee, M.-G., Rauch, E.F., Vincze, G., 2012. Extension
of homogeneous anisotropic hardening model to cross-loading with latent effects.
International Journal of Plasticity 46, 130-142.
Bouvier, S., Alves, J.L., Oliveira, M.C., Menezes, L.F., 2005. Modelling of
anisotropic work-hardening behaviour of metallic materials subjected to strain-path
changes. Computational Materials Science 32, 301-315.
Bouvier, S., Gardey, B., Haddadi, H., Teodosiu, C., 2006. Characterization of the
strain-induced plastic anisotropy of rolled sheets by using sequences of simple shear
and uniaxial tensile tests. Journal of Materials Processing Technology 174, 115-126.
Cao, J., Lee, W., Cheng, H.S., Seniw, M., Wang, H.P., Chung, K., 2009.
Experimental and numerical investigation of combined isotropic-kinematic hardening
behavior of sheet metals. International Journal of Plasticity 25, 942-972.
Cardoso, R.P.R., Yoon, J.W., 2009. Stress integration method for a nonlinear
kinematic/isotropic hardening model and its characterization based on polycrystal
plasticity. International Journal of Plasticity 25, 1684-1710.
Chaboche, J.L., 1986. Time-Independent Constitutive Theories for Cyclic Plasticity.
International Journal of Plasticity 2, 149-188.
Chaboche, J.L., 1991. On some modifications of kinematic hardening to improve the
description of ratchetting effects. International Journal of Plasticity 7, 661-678.
Chaboche, J.L., 2008. A review of some plasticity and viscoplasticity constitutive
theories. International Journal of Plasticity 24, 1642-1693.
Chun, B.K., Jinn, J.T., Lee, J.K., 2002a. Modeling the Bauschinger effect for sheet
metals, part I: theory. International Journal of Plasticity 18, 571-595.
Chun, B.K., Kim, H.Y., Lee, J, K., 2002b. Modeling the Bauschinger effect for sheet
metals, part II: applications. International Journal of Plasticity 18, 597-616.
Chung, K., Lee, M.-G., Kim, D., Kim, C., Wenner, M.L., Barlat, F., 2005. Spring-
back evaluation of automotive sheets based on isotropic-kinematic hardening laws
and non-quadratic anisotropic yield functions: Part I: theory and formulation.
International Journal of Plasticity 21, 861-882.
Dafalias, Y.F., Popov, E.P., 1976. Plastic Internal Variables Formalism of Cyclic
Plasticity. J Appl Mech-T Asme 43, 645-651.
Flores, P., Duchêne, L., Bouffioux, C., Lelotte, T., Henrard, C., Pernin, N., Van Bael,
A., He, S., Duflou, J., Habraken, A.M., 2007. Model identification and FE
43
simulations: Effect of different yield loci and hardening laws in sheet forming.
International Journal of Plasticity 23, 420-449.
Geng, L.M., Wagoner, R.H., 2000. Springback analysis with a modified hardening
model. SAE paper , No. 2000-01-0768, SAE, Inc.
Geng, L.M., Wagoner, R.H., 2002. Role of plastic anisotropy and its evolution on
springback. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 44, 123-148.
Haddadi, H., Bouvier, S., Banu, M., Maier, C., Teodosiu, C., 2006. Towards an
accurate description of the anisotropic behaviour of sheet metals under large plastic
deformations: Modelling, numerical analysis and identification. International Journal
of Plasticity 22, 2226-2271.
Haddag, B., Balan, T., Abed-Meraim, F., 2007. Investigation of advanced strain-path
dependent material models for sheet metal forming simulations. International Journal
of Plasticity 23, 951-979.
Hahm, J.H., Kim, K.H., 2008. Anisotropic work hardening of steel sheets under plane
stress. International Journal of Plasticity 24, 1097-1127.
Khan, A.S., Huang, S., 1995. Continuum theory of plasticity. Wiley, New York.
Kocks, U.F., Tome, C.N., Wenk, H.-R., 2000. Texture and anisotropy : preferred
orientations in polycrystals and their effect on materials properties. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press.
Krieg, R.D., 1975. A Practical Two Surface Plasticity Theory. Journal of Applied
Mechanics 42, 641-646.
Lee, M.G., Kim, D., Kim, C., Wenner, M.L., Wagoner, R.H., Chung, K.S., 2007. A
practical two-surface plasticity model and its application to spring-back prediction.
International Journal of Plasticity 23, 1189-1212.
Mróz, Z., 1967. On the description of anisotropic workhardening. J Mech Phys Solids
15, 163-175.
Mróz, Z., 1969. An attempt to describe the behavior of metals under cyclic loads
using a more general workhardening model. Acta Mechanica 7, 199-212.
Prager, W., 1956. A new method of analysing stresses and strains in work hardening
plastic solids. Transactions of ASME, Journal of Applied Mechanics 23, 493–496.
Ristinmaa, M., 1995. Cyclic Plasticity Model Using One Yield Surface Only.
International Journal of Plasticity 11, 163-181.
Teodosiu, C., Hu, Z.Q., 1995. Evolution of the Intragranular Microstructure at
Moderate and Large Strains - Modelling and Computational Significance. Simulation
of Materials Processing: Theory, Methods and Applications - Numiform 95, 173-182.
Thuillier, S., Manach, P.Y., 2009. Comparison of the work-hardening of metallic
sheets using tensile and shear strain paths. International Journal of Plasticity 25, 733-
751.
Wagoner, R.H., Lim, H., Lee, M.-G., 2012. Advanced Issues in springback.
International Journal of Plasticity 45, 3-20.
44 Chapter 3. Hardening models
Yoon, J.W., Barlat, F., Dick, R.E., Chung, K., Kang, T.J., 2004. Plane stress yield
function for aluminum alloy sheets-part II: FE formulation and its implementation.
International Journal of Plasticity 20, 495-522.
Yoshida, F., Uemori, T., 2002. A model of large-strain cyclic plasticity describing the
Bauschinger effect and workhardening stagnation. International Journal of Plasticity
18, 661-686.
Yoshida, F., Uemori, T., 2003. A model of large-strain cyclic plasticity and its
application to springback simulation. Engineering Plasticity from Macroscale to
Nanoscale Pts 1 and 2 233-2, 47-58.
Zang, S.L., Guo, C., Thuillier, S., Lee, M.G., 2011. A model of one-surface cyclic
plasticity and its application to springback prediction. International Journal of
Mechanical Sciences 53, 425-435.
Zhao, K.M., Lee, J.K., 2001. Generation of cyclic stress-strain curves for sheet
metals. J Eng Mater-T Asme 123, 391-397.
Zhao, K.M., Lee, J.K., 2002. Finite element analysis of the three-point bending of
sheet metals. Journal of Materials Processing Technology 122, 6-11.
Ziegler, H., 1959. A modification of Prager's hardening rule. Quarterly of Applied
Mechanics 17, 55-65.
Chapter 4
4 Anisotropic yielding
46 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
4.1 Introduction
Sheet metal forming simulations rely on an accurate description of the anistropic
yielding behavior. This chapter starts with a brief introduction on yield functions and
an overview of some well-known isotropic yield functions. The main part of this
chapter presents a review of various anisotropic yield functions. Classical yield
functions developed by Hill, more modern yield functions developed by Barlat,
Banabic and Cazacu, and some polynomial-based models are described. Hill’s and
Barlat’s families of yield functions are described in detail because of their
acknowledged contributions to the development of new anisotropic yield functions
and also because of the large popularity of these models for finite element
simulations. Section 4.2 introduces the concepts of Lankford coefficient, normality
hypothesis and associated flow rule. In section 4.3, various isotropic yield functions
are described. Then section 4.4 extensively discusses various anisotropic yield
functions. For instance, sections 4.4.1 and 4.4.2 discuss the Hill and Barlat families of
anisotropic yield functions respectively. In addition, in section 4.4.3, the contribution
of Banabic in introducing new non-quadratic yield functions is explained. At the end,
models of Cazacu and some polynomial anisotropic models are discussed in sections
4.4.4 and 4.4.5.
4.2 Introduction to yield functions
Aggregates of single crystals constitute the crystallographic structure of most metals.
Considering a single crystal, considerable anisotropy of mechanical properties such as
different yield stresses at different orientations is observed. The mechanical
anisotropy at crystal level turns into isotropy at macro-scale level in a polycrystalline
aggregate with a sufficiently random distribution of crystal orientations (Neto et al.,
2008). In other words, the average behavior of all single crystals represents the total
material behavior. Thus an isotropic yield function seems to be a sufficient
assumption for the description of macroscopic behavior for finite element simulations.
However, sheet metals undergo severe plastic deformations during manufacturing
processes such as cold rolling. This introduces a preferential orientation of the grains.
Therefore isotropy is no longer the appropriate assumption to represent the
mechanical behaviour of a rolled sheet metal. Moreover, the anisotropic behaviour
has been known to have a great influence on the shape of the specimen after the
deformation. Earing at the rim of a deep drawn part is an example of distinct
anisotropic behaviour.
Focusing on the material constitutive models in general and more specifically on the
yield function, there are two major approaches to describe this behaviour for
polycrystalline materials. The first approach is crystal plasticity and the second one is
the phenomenological approach. In the first approach, the behaviour of one grain or a
distribution of grains is used to describe the polycrystalline behaviour (Arminjon,
47
1991; Van Houtte, 1994; Gambin and Barlat, 1997). In the phenomenological
approach, on the other hand, the average behaviour of all grains determines the global
material behaviour. According to Barlat (1991), using a phenomenological yield
function has advantages over its microstructure based equivalent. For instance (Barlat
et al., 1991):
a) They are easy to implement in FEM and lead to fast computation ;
b) They can describe global anisotropy whereas microstructure based models
account for crystallographic texture;
c) They are easy to adapt for different materials.
Many phenomenological yield functions have been successfully proposed for use in
finite element codes to simulate the isotropic or anisotropic mechanical behaviour of a
material. The different yield functions generally make use of different combinations
of yield stresses and Lankford coefficients to represent a multi-dimensional surface
determining the transition between elastic and plastic deformation. First some basic
concepts needed for the formulation of yield functions are introduced.
4.2.1 Lankford coefficient
Anisotropy is generally described on the basis of the Lankford coefficients (also
called r-values) and/or the yield stresses along the orthotropic (rolling and transverse)
and diagonal directions of the metallic sheets. The Lankford coefficient at any
orientation with respect to the rolling direction is determined as the ratio of width to
through thickness plastic strain (increments). Due to practical difficulties in
measuring the through thickness plastic strain in sheet metals, this value is
conventionally determined using the incompressibility hypothesis of metals. Lankford
coefficient ( ) at degrees from the rolling direction (RD) and through thickness
plastic strain increment (
) are given by
(4-1a)
(4-1b)
Two definitions based on Lankford coefficients, which are widely used in industry are
normal and planar anisotropy respectively given in Eqns. (4-2a) and (4-2b)
(4-2a)
(4-2b)
48 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
Table 4-1 Anisotropy coefficients for various metals
Material
Deep drawing steels (DC01-DC07) 1.30 to 2.00 Up to 0.70
Stainless steel 0.70 to 1.10 -0.25 to 0.20
TRIP steels 0.90 -0.03
Aluminum alloys 0.60 to 0.80 -0.60 to -0.15
Copper 0.60 to 0.80 -
Brass 0.60 to 1.00 -
Zinc alloys 0.20 to 0.60 -
Titanium alloys 2.00 to 8.00 Up to 4
A higher normal anisotropy, , results in more resistance against thinning and is thus
preferable for deep drawing applications. A higher planar anisotropy, , can be
observed by more pronounced earing in a deep drawn cup. Planar and normal
anisotropy coefficients for various materials are presented in Table 4-1 (Grote and
Antonsson, 2008).
4.2.2 Associated flow rule
The foundation of most anisotropic yield functions has been based on the Associated
Flow Rule (AFR) hypothesis which states that the flow rule is associated with the
yield criterion. In AFR based models, the yield function is also the potential for
plastic strain rate. In other words, the AFR hypothesis reflects the normality rule
based on which the gradient of a continuously differentiable yield function determines
the direction of plastic strain rate. Before proceeding, let us define yield criterion and
material orthotropy. The yield criterion is given by
( ) ( ) (4-3)
, and respectively denote yield criterion, yield function and isotropic
hardening. In the light of sheet metal orthotropy we have (Soare et al., 2008)
( ) ( ) (4-4a)
( ) ( ) (4-4b)
And for plane stress conditions
( ) ( ) (4-5)
The normality hypothesis is shown in Fig 4-1. In this figure the stress components are
normalized with respect to yield stress in rolling direction.
49
Fig 4-1 Concept of normality in AFR ( is yield function;
is Cauchy stress;
is
plastic strain rate direction).
The normality rule is given by
(4-6)
where
(4-7)
is the plastic multiplier factor (compliance) to be determined by using a loading-
unloading criterion, and the second order tensor
is the plastic strain rate direction in
AFR approach. According to Bishop and Hill (1951), the normality hypothesis was
theoretically valid for polycrystalline materials. In addition, Hecker (1976) described
that the normality hypothesis is reasonable for most single phase like materials based
on an extensive review of experimental yield surface results.
Moreover, the AFR hypothesis was strengthened by experimental observations of
Bridgman (1947, 1952). He performed a series of tensile tests on metals in the
presence of very high hydrostatic pressure and noticed that this pressure had no
influence on the yielding of the material. In addition, a negligible permanent volume
change was shown to exist (Khan and Huang, 1995). Due to the absence of pressure
sensitivity in the plastic deformation, only the deviatoric stress is involved in the
formulation of the yield function. On the other hand, the zero plastic dilatancy (zero
permanent volume change) will not be violated by using the same formulation for
yield function and plastic potential function (equivalence of yield and plastic potential
functions).
50 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
Accordingly, under the assumption of AFR and in the light of material orthotropy,
starting from Hill’s quadratic anisotropy model (Hill, 1948), various yield functions
have been proposed to describe the initial anisotropy of metallic sheets. Examples are
Karafillis and Boyce (1993), Barlat et al (1989; 1991; 1997; 2003; 2005; 2007),
Cazacu and Barlat (2002, 2004), Bron and Besson (2004) , Banabic et al (2005) ,
Vegter and van den Boogaard (2006), Cazacu et al (2004; 2006), Hu (2007), and very
recently Aretz and Barlat (2012). In order to accurately describe both yielding and
plastic flow of sheet metals, the coefficients of anisotropic yield functions commonly
need to be optimized explicitly or iteratively from experimentally determined tensile,
shear and/or bi-axial yield stresses and Lankford coefficients. It is worth noting that in
the last two decades the isotropic plasticity equivalent theory generalized by Karafillis
and Boyce (1993) has been a popular approach in the development of new yield
functions. Recently, Soare and Barlat (2010) have proved that these orthotropic yield
functions obtained through a linear transformation method are homogeneous
polynomials, which brings potential benefits for numerical implementation and
development of new yield functions. In the following section, various yield functions
are briefly described. Hill 1948 and Yld2000-2d functions are described in detail as
they form the basis of further investigation of non-AFR in following chapters.
4.3 Isotropic yield functions
4.3.1 Tresca 1864
The Tresca isotropic yield function proposed in 1864 is known to be the oldest yield
criterion. Tresca assumed that the material undergoes plastic deformation at a critical
shear stress. In terms of principal stresses the Tresca yield function becomes
[| | | | | |] (4-8)
Under plane stress conditions
| |
| |
| |
(4-9)
In Fig 4-2 two- and three dimensional representations of the Tresca yield function are
presented.
51
Fig 4-2 Tresca isotropic yield surface in normalized stress space.
4.3.2 von Mises 1913
The von Mises isotropic yield function was proposed in 1913 and is the second oldest
yield function. The von Mises isotropic yield function is widely used and given by
(
)
(4-10)
where is the deviatoric part of
. Fig 4-3 compares the 2D representations of Tresca
and von Mises yield functions. For plane stress conditions
√
(4-11)
Fig 4-3 Tresca and von Mises isotropic yield surfaces in normalized stress space.
52 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
4.3.3 Hershey 1954 and Hosford 1972
An identical non-quadratic isotropic yield function was independently proposed by
Hosford (1972) and Hershey (1954)
| |
| |
| |
(4-12)
where m is a constant that depends on crystallographic structure. For FCC and BCC
materials m is respectively 8 and 6. The Hosford yield locus resembles the shapes of
von Mises and Tresca when m is equal to 2 or infinity respectively. It can be seen that
the presence of shear stress is not accommodated in this model. Hosford (1985)
unsuccessfully attempted to add shear stress to his in-plane isotropic model. Since the
model was not based on stress tensor invariants he only obtained a proper in-plane
isotropic function when (Barlat and Lian, 1989).
4.3.4 Barlat 1986 (Yld86)
Barlat and Richmond (1987) generalized the Hosford isotropic yield function and
proposed a plane stress isotropic yield function that takes the shear stress components
into account. This was achieved by using stress invariants and instead of
principal stresses in the yield function. Their so-called Yld86 yield function is defined
as
| |
| |
| |
(4-13)
where
(4-14a)
(( )
)
(4-14b)
This model showed excellent agreement with the Bishop and Taylor yield surface
obtained for isotropic FCC metals (Barlat and Richmond, 1987). It can be observed
that when the stress components coincide with the material orthotropic directions the
Yld86 function reduces to the Hosford function.
Besides the discussed models, there are more isotropic yield functions such as Bishop
and Hill (1951), Bassani (1977) and Budianski (1984). For instance, using the model
of Bishop and Hill (1951), the isotropic yield function for FCC and BCC metals are
different and lie between the yield loci of Tresca and von Mises.
53
4.4 Anisotropic yield functions
4.4.1 Hill’s family of yield functions
Hill proposed various anisotropic yield functions among which the 1948 version is
still commonly used mainly due to its simplicity and user friendliness. Therefore the
anisotropic yield function Hill 1948 is described in detail in the following.
4.4.1.1 Hill 1948
One of the first phenomenological anisotropic yield functions was proposed by Hill
(1948). Von Mises (1928) had already proposed an anisotropic yield function but for
single crystals. Hill’s first anisotropic yield model is a generalization of the von Mises
criterion and due to its quadratic nature can predict two or four ears for a deep drawn
cup. The parameters of the Hill 1948 quadratic function can either be calibrated using
directional plastic strain ratios (referred to as r-based Hill 1948) or using directional
yield stresses (referred to as S-based Hill 1948).
The S-based Hill 1948 model requires uniaxial yield stresses corresponding to rolling
direction, diagonal direction, transverse direction as well as the balanced biaxial yield
stress, respectively written as and . The balanced biaxial yield stress can
be determined by a viscous pressure bulge test (VPB) or a cross tensile test. The S-
based Hill 1948 yield function is defined as
(
)
(4-15)
, and are yield function parameters. These parameters can be directly
determined as follows
(
)
( (
)
(
)
) (4-16)
(
)
(
)
Eqn.(4-15) can be recast into a tensorial form which is more suitable for determining
the first and second order gradients (these are used in the calculations involved in a
fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme which will be described in next
chapters). Accordingly, Eqn.(4-15) is written as
( ⁄
) (4-17a)
54 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
[
] (4-17b)
Then the first derivative is obtained by
(4-18)
As mentioned above, implementing the implicit backward Euler integration scheme
requires the derivative of
with respect to
. This can be calculated as follows
(Crisfield, 1997)
⁄
(
) (
)
(4-19)
Due to the fact that the parameters of the yield function are directly calibrated using
input yield stresses, the predicted r-values can be obtained as closed form
expressions. So
(
)
(
)
( ) (4-20)
(
)
(
)
Or in general for any orientation with respect to the rolling direction the
corresponding r-value is obtained by
( )
( ) ( ) (4-21)
The Lankford coefficient for the balanced biaxial stress condition ( ) is defined as
(4-22)
For S-based Hill 1948 function this Lankford coefficient becomes
(4-23)
55
The directional yield stress at an angle with respect to the rolling direction is also
determined in a closed form expression as
√ ( ) (4-24)
For a balanced biaxial stress condition the yield stress ( ) is
√
(4-25)
The r-based Hill 1948 yield function follows the same formulation as the S-based but
with different inputs for parameter identification. The parameters of this function are
calibrated using the Lankford coefficients corresponding to rolling direction, diagonal
direction and transverse direction respectively denoted by and .
(
)
(4-26)
denotes the r-based Hill 1948 yield function and , and are material
parameters.
( )
( )
(4-27)
( )( )
( )
The normalized yield stresses can be calculated as follows
(
)
( )
( )( )
(4-28a)
(
)
( )
( )
(4-28b)
(
)
( )
(4-28c)
By changing the subscript y to p the Eqns.(4-21) to (4-25) can be applied for the r-
based Hill 1948 yield function.
As seen above, the Hill 1948 formulation is simple and follows a very convenient
approach for parameter identification. As already mentioned above this model can
predict only 2 or 4 ears. More importantly, the r-based and S-based versions are very
56 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
weak respectively in prediction of yield stresses and Lankford coefficients. Besides,
accurate prediction of , the Lankford coefficient at balanced biaxial state, cannot be
guaranteed (Safaei et al., 2012b).
The Hill 1948 function is widely used for steel applications. Considering aluminium
alloys, this yield criterion reveals the inability of predicting first and second
anomalous behaviours. The first anomalous behavior means that for metals exhibiting
normal anisotropy it can be experimentally observed that
(Woodthorpe and Pearce, 1970). Experimental tests performed by Woodthorpe and
Pearse (1970) for rolled aluminium, showed that was always around 1.1 and
the Lankford coefficient varied between 0.5 to 0.6. However, for the same
condition, Eqn.(4-28c) results in
(4-29)
In other words, for , the Hill 1948 yield locus falls inside the von Mises
ellipse.
The other weak point of Hill 1948 is that it cannot represent the second anomaly
meaning that when then and vice-versa. This is due to Eqn.
(4-28b) that leads to
then and reciprocal (4-30)
4.4.1.2 Hill 1979
To overcome the improper prediction of a yield locus inside that of von Mises for
metals possessing so-called first anomalous behaviour, Hill proposed a non-quadratic
yield function in 1979.
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
(4-31)
For seven parameters (including ) exist that have to be determined by seven
experimental inputs such as both Lankford coefficient and yield stress at rolling,
diagonal and transverse directions and one additional input (Lankford coefficient or
yield stress) corresponding to a combined loading condition. Hill showed that there
are many possible parameter combinations for which the prediction of first anomalous
behaviour can be ensured. For instance, considering planar isotropy (normal
anisotropy) the ratio of balanced biaxial yield stress to uniaxial yield stress along the
rolling direction becomes
57
(
)
( )
(
( )( )
) (4-32)
According to Eqn.(4-32) the first anomalous behaviour can be well accommodated
under conditions and and also when . Note that as
opposed to the Hosford model (see Section 4.3.3) the parameter is no longer
associated to the crystallographic structure and can even be a non-integer.
Hill described that, depending on the area of application, not all terms of Eqn.(4-31)
are required and it can be truncated. For instance, different versions for plane stress
conditions can be derived from Eqn.(4-31) among which the case referred to as case
IV (Hill, 1979) with the constraints is the most widely used and
is defined as
| |
| |
(4-33)
The model parameters of this function are calibrated based on experimentally
determined normal anisotropy
(4-34a)
(4-34b)
For a balanced biaxial stress state this leads to
(
)
(4-35)
From Eqn.(4-35) it can be derived that the prediction of first anomalous behaviour is
accommodated when for and for .
Moreover, analogously to Hill 1948, the Hill 1979 function has a simple format and
provides an analytical expression for effective plastic strain. However, the case in
which
and
cannot be described by Hill 1979 and even more, the
inclusion of shear stress is absent in this model. In other words, this yield function
works only when the directions of principal stress coincide with the material
orthotropic directions.
4.4.1.3 Hill 1990
Hill proposed a new plane stress yield function in 1990 (Hill, 1990) to take into
account the presence of shear stress, i.e. when the directions of principal stress do not
coincide with the material orthotropic directions.
58 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
( ) | |
|( )
|
|
|
[ (
) ( )
] (4-36a)
and
( ) ( ) (4-36b)
where is yield stress in pure shear state. The value of m depends on yield stress at
45°, balanced biaxial yield stress and Lankford coefficient at 45° according to
( ( )) ( ) (4-37)
Coefficients a and b can be expressed as analytical expressions on the basis of yield
stresses:
(
)
(
)
(4-38a)
|(
)
(
)
| (
)
(4-38b)
Hill also described that the coefficients a and b can alternatively be expressed in
terms of Lankford coefficients. However, Lin and Din (1996) concluded that the yield
surface predicted by Eqns.(4-38a) and (4-38b) is in better agreement with that
modeled by Taylor’s crystal plasticity theory.
Hill 1990 yield function can represent the first and second order anomalous
behaviours. In addition, the in-plane yield stresses and Lankford coefficients are well
predicted, and a higher number of experiments are incorporated for parameter
calibration as compared with previous functions proposed by Hill. However, this
model requires improvements in terms of user friendliness and simulation time (Lin
and Ding, 1996).
4.4.1.4 Hill 1993
Besides the improvements of the Hill 1990 yield function, there are drawbacks shared
by all yield functions proposed by Hill. For instance the condition
unavoidably results in
. However, the presence of materials that exhibit both
and
has been experimentally proven (Stout and Hecker, 1983; Safaei
et al., 2012a). Therefore, a yield function cannot predict both directional yield stresses
and Lankford coefficients unless it can incorporate all associated experimental inputs
59
in its parameter identification procedure. Accordingly, Hill (1993) introduced a new
yield criterion that takes and into account in the analytical
description of its parameters c, p and q.
[( )
( )
]
(4-39)
Hill 1993 can be described as a simple and user-friendly model that has the ability of
modeling first and second order anomalous behaviour by possessing high flexibility
due to the number of experimental input data incorporated. Nonetheless, the inclusion
of shear stress is absent in this model. Moreover, the variation of in-plane Lankford
coefficients and yield stresses cannot be modeled due to taking rolling and transverse
directions as the only in-plane orientations for experimental inputs. The predicted
yield surface has poor agreement with polycrystalline theory of Taylor or Bishop-Hill
(Banabic, 2009).
4.4.2 Barlat’s family of yield criteria
4.4.2.1 Yld89
Following the isotropic yield function Yld86, Barlat and Lian (1989) proposed a new
anisotropic yield function (so-called Yld89) based on a linear transformation of stress
tensors. In this approach, the linearly transformed stress tensors are substituted in an
isotropic yield function, for instance the Hosford 1972 function. This approach has
been shown to be very effective and is extensively discussed in a paper of Barlat et al
(2007).
The Yld89 yield function can be considered as a generalization of the Hosford 1972
function. On the one hand, the Hosford 1972 model provides convexity for .
On the other hand, applying linear transformation has the advantage of preserving the
convexity (Eggleston, 1958; Rockafellar, 1972). Therefore the Yld89 yield function is
unconditionally convex for .
Since unconditional convexity became a weakpoint of Barlat’s next anisotropic model
(Yld96 in Section 4.4.2.3). Convexity is required for the stability of the yield surface
such that it assures uniqueness of strain rate for any given stress state (Drucker, 1951,
1959). In other words, a yield function is convex only when it presents a smooth
surface with no vertex. In addition, we know that a yield function is convex when
its Hessian matrix is positive semi-definite; that means its eigenvalues are positive or
zero. The fourth order Hessian matrix
is obtained by
(4-40)
60 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
The Yld89 yield function is defined by
| |
| |
| |
(4-41)
where
(4-42a)
(( )
)
(4-42b)
and , , and are material parameters. The parameter simply defines
the ratio of to . The exponent is associated to the crystallographic structure,
as in Hosford 1972, and equals 6 and 8 respectively for BCC and FCC metals. For
preserving the convexity the following conditions must be met
and (4-43)
The first approach for identification of parameters , and is taking the uniaxial
yield stress at 90° and two independent critical shear stresses and such that
respectively the stress tensors [ ] and [ ]
are imposed to the material (Barlat and Lian, 1989). However, experimental tests to
obtain and are difficult to perform. Therefore Barlat and Lian (1989) proposed
using Lankford coefficients as an alternative due to the convenience of their
experimental measurement. In this case, and will be identified explicitly based
on and . The coefficient , however, needs to be calculated by means of
numerical iteration such that the discrepancy between predicted and experimentally
measured values is minimized. Based on Yld89 function in Eqn.(4-41) the
Lankford coefficient is predicted by
( ) (4-44)
and are components of the derivative of the yield function for a uniaxial
direction at 45° with regard to the rolling direction. Interestingly the Yld89 functin
can be reduced to Tresca and Hill 1948 yield functions when equals 2 and infinity,
respectively.
From the advantages of the Yld89 function one can point out the easy parameter
identification except for p, and suitable results for moderately anisotropic metals
(Geng and Wagoner, 2002). As disadvantages, the poor prediction of balanced biaxial
yield stress for highly anisotropic metals and the requirement of numerical treatment
61
for finding parameter p can be mentioned. More importantly, the variation of in-plane
yield stresses and Lankford coefficients cannot be simultaneously predicted.
4.4.2.2 Yld91
Barlat in 1991, proposed a generalized version of his previous model to consider
three-dimensional problems (Barlat et al., 1991). The Yld91 yield function is defined
as
| |
| |
| |
(4-45)
and are eigenvalues of the symmetric transformed stress tensor
[
] (4-46)
where
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
(4-47)
and are function parameters. The constants and should be
calculated by Newton-Raphson iteration from uniaxial tensile yield stress data at 0°,
90° and normal (through thickness) direction. Shear test results are required for the
remaining parameters. The parameter should be for convexity but in practice
. The Yld91 function can be reduced to a plane stress yield function in which
only and remain, which can be optimized based on yield stress data obtained
from uniaxial tensile tests at 0°, 45° and 90° and from a through thickness disk
compression test. The viscous pressure bulge test or cross tensile test can be used as
an alternative for through thickness disk compression test.
62 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
The yield surfaces predicted by the Yld91 model are in good agreement with those
obtained by Taylor and Bishop-Hill. This model is also easy to implement in FEM
code. However, calculation of strain rate (normality in AFR) is found to be lengthy
but at least straightforward (Barlat et al., 1991). The Yld91 model was found to result
in a poor yield stress prediction for aluminium-magnesium (Al-Mg) alloy sheets
which underwent a high cold rolling reduction (e.g. 80% cold reduction) prior to
solution heat treatment (Barlat et al., 1997). This drawback is shown in Fig 4-4.
Fig 4-4 Yield surface for material Al-2.5%Mg, 150 m grain size, 80% cold reduction
before solution heat treatment (annealing). Experimental data, Taylor-Bishop- Hill
polycrystalline and Yld91 yield function predictions (Barlat et al., 1997).
4.4.2.3 Yld94 and Yld96
To remedy the inability of the Yld91 function to accurately predict the yield surface
of Al-Mg alloys sheets specifically in pure shear conditions ( ), Barlat et al
(1997) proposed the Yld94 yield function that improved the prediction of pure shear
yield stress without affecting other in-plane yield stresses (see Fig 4-5).
| |
| |
| |
(4-48)
and are eigenvalues of the symmetric transformed stress tensor
.
where are functions of ( ) direction cosines between the
principal axes of anisotropy and the principal axes of .
(4-49)
For plane stress problems, six material parameters and (embedded in the
definition of the transformed stress tensor ) where must be determined by
Newton-Raphson iteration from experimental mechanical tests giving
63
and . Barlat mentioned that the Yld94 function does not always
improve the yield surface prediction compared with the Yld91 function. Even though
that in-plane yield stresses can be predicted accurately, the variation of in-plane
Lankford coefficients lacks considerable accuracy.
Fig 4-5 Yield surface for material Al-2.5%Mg, 150 m grain size, 80% cold reduction
before solution heat treatment (annealing). Experimental data, Taylor-Bishop-Hill
polycrystalline, Yld91 and Yld94 yield function predictions (Barlat et al., 1997).
To improve the performance of the Yld94 function, Barlat et al (1997) proposed
another yield function (called Yld96) for both three dimensional and plane stress
problems in which the are no longer constant but depend on the orientation of the
principal axes with respect to the material orthotropic orientations. Considering the
plane stress case, there are seven material parameters that should be experimentally
identified and . Assuming all material parameters equal to
unity, the conditions and respectively correspond to
Tresca and von Mises isotropic yield functions. The higher value results in a
decrease of the radius of curvature of the rounded vertices near the uniaxial and
balanced biaxial stress states, Fig 4-6.
64 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
Fig 4-6 Variation of Yld96 yield surface with respect to exponent m (from outermost
to innermost surface respectively m= 2,6,10,14 and 200).
This model can well predict the variation of in-plane yield stresses and Lankford
coefficients (Yoon et al., 2000). For plane stress implementation in FE code, the
Yld96 function does not provide any particular problem and leads to good simulation
results. However, numerical difficulties may be problematic for the 3D case due to the
relative convexity of the Yld96 function (Barlat et al., 2003). Another drawback is
difficulty in calculating the strain rates analytically for FEM simulations.
4.4.2.4 Yld2000-2d
To overcome the drawback of the Yld96 function (relative convexity) and also to
obtain a better prediction of in-plane variation of yield stresses and Lankford
coefficients, Barlat and coworkers (2003) proposed a new plane stress Yld2000-2d
yield function. This model gained considerable popularity mainly because of its
accurate prediction of yield stresses and Lankford coefficients at rolling, diagonal and
transverse directions as well as balanced biaxial stress state. The non-quadratic
Yld2000-2d yield function is based on a linear transformation of two unconditionally
convex functions and of deviatoric stress tensor.
[
( )]
(4-50)
where
(
) , (
) (
) (4-51)
and
are the principal values of the linear transformation on the stress
deviators and respectively. Similar to the Hosford function and all earlier Barlat
65
models, the coefficient m is associated to crystallographic structure and is 6 for BCC
and 8 for FCC metals respectively. The linear transformation of is applied on the
deviator stress by
[
] [
] [
] (4-52a)
[
] [
] [
] (4-52b)
where and are linear transformation matrices
(4-53a)
(4-53b)
and
[
] (4-54)
As seen in Eqn.(4-53a) the transformation can be applied directly to the Cauchy stress
rather than to the deviatoric stress tensor by means of and matrices. In
Eqn.(4-53a) and (4-53b) the and matrices are
[
] (4-55a)
[
] (4-55b)
And their components are given by
⌈⌈⌈⌈
⌉
⌉⌉⌉
⌈⌈⌈⌈
⌉
⌉⌉⌉
[
] (4-56a)
66 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
⌈⌈⌈⌈
⌉
⌉⌉⌉
⌈⌈⌈⌈
⌉
⌉⌉⌉
⌈⌈⌈⌈
⌉⌉⌉⌉
(4-56b)
The principal values of transformed stress deviator denoted by and
can be
calculated as
(
) ⁄ √
((
) ⁄ ) (4-57a)
(
) ⁄ √
((
) ⁄ ) (4-57b)
Similar functions apply for and
.
Eight experimental results such as yield stresses and Lankford coefficients
corresponding to rolling, diagonal and transverse directions and to balanced biaxial
stress state ( ) are required to determine the
coefficients. However, if no 8th experimental measurement is available, one may
suggest (therefore
) or (therefore
) (Chung et
al., 2005). The parameter identification procedure requires approaches such as
Newton-Raphson iteration. The optimization procedure is described in Appendix B.
The Yld2000-2d model has been proven a robust yield function and has been
successfully implemented into FEM by many authors, leading to good
correspondence between simulation and experimental results (Chung et al., 2005;
Yoon et al., 2005; Yoon et al., 2006; Lee et al., 2007; Ahn et al., 2009; Yoon et al.,
2010; Park and Chung, 2012).
4.4.2.5 Yld2004-18p
Recently, Barlat et al (2005) generalized the plane stress Yld2000-2d yield function to
consider six-component stress states for three-dimensional problems. This yield
function has been shown to be very powerful in terms of modeling highly anisotropic
materials such as aluminium alloy AA2090-T3; for instance 6 and 8 ears were
simulated by Yoon et al (2006). The variation of yield stresses and Lankford
coefficients can be simulated excellently by the Yld2004-18p model.
The Yld2004-18p function is defined as
[
∑
]
(4-58)
67
where and are linearly transformed stress tensor deviators that can be
determined by
(4-59a)
(4-59b)
and are linear transformation tensors. Each of these tensors include 9 material
parameters . Due to different representations of the stress vector in
Abaqus/Implicit and Abaqus/Explicit (see Section 2.2) it is required to define and
for each case separately. Accordingly, the definitions for UMAT
(Abaqus/Implicit) are (Yoon et al., 2006)
[⌈⌈⌈⌈
]
⌉⌉⌉⌉
[⌈⌈⌈⌈
]
⌉⌉⌉⌉
(4-60)
and for VUMAT (Abaqus/Explicit)
[⌈⌈⌈⌈
]
⌉⌉⌉⌉
[⌈⌈⌈⌈
]
⌉⌉⌉⌉
(4-61)
is an operator that simply converts Cauchy stress to its deviator.
[⌈⌈⌈⌈
]
⌉⌉⌉⌉
(4-62)
For use in 3D cases, there are 18 material parameters ( ) that have to be
optimized by numerical methods such as Newton-Raphson iteration (described in
Appendix B). Tensile yield stress and Lankford coefficient at each 15° from rolling to
transverse direction as well as at balanced biaxial stress state provide sixteen
experimental inputs for parameter identification. To obtain the Lankford coefficient at
balanced biaxial state, the disk compression test proposed by Barlat et al is preferred
due to less errors compared to the viscous pressure bulge test (Barlat et al., 2003).
The other inputs for parameter identification could be out-of-plane yield stresses at
45° tension in TD-ND and ND-RD planes or simple shear tests at TD-ND and ND-
68 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
RD planes (Barlat et al., 2005). Since this is very challenging from a practical point of
view, it is recommended to perform this parameter identification based on
polycrystalline simulations. In case such simulations are not available, Barlat et al
suggested that all out of plane yield stresses can be assumed equal to that
corresponding to rolling direction and for pure shear tests
( ) (Barlat et
al., 2005).
4.4.2.6 Yld2004-13p
Barlat et al (2005) reduced the Yld2004-18p function to a simpler version suitable for
cases when not enough experimental results are available. The so-called Yld2004-13p
function is shown to be convex for .
[
(
)
]
(4-63)
The coefficients in Eqns.(4-60) and (4-61) have to be adjusted such that .
For 3D and plane stress conditions, respectively 13 and 9 parameters are necessary.
Barlat et al (2005) discovered that the so-called locking-effect troubles the
optimization procedure when 12 and 8 parameters are respectively taken for 3D and
plane stress cases.
4.4.3 Banabic’s family of yield criteria
Banabic et al (2000) proposed the plane stress BBC2000 yield function by adding
weight coefficients to the Hershey isotropic yield function. Banabic et al (2005) and
Butuc et al (2002) discussed that the BBC2000 model can be described as an
extension of the Yld89 model. This yield function has 7 coefficients and thus 7
experimental tests ( and at three uniaxial directions and at balanced biaxial state)
are required for parameter identification. Moreover, very simple constraints imposed
on the model’s exponent (similar to m in Barlat’s models) assures convexity of this
non-quadratic yield function. Banabic et al (2005) improved the BBC2000 function to
the BBC2005 yield function that takes an additional experimental input ( at balanced
biaxial state) for parameter identification. Barlat et al (2007) proved that the Yld2000-
2d and BBC2005 functions are actually similar. However, Banabic et al (2009) stated
that the development procedures adopted were different in a sense that the BBC yield
functions are developed by adding weight factors to Hershey’s and Hosford’s yield
criteria but the Yld2000-2d yield function was based on a linear transformation
approach. Recently, Comsa and Banabic (2008) proposed the BBC2008 yield
function that shares some features with Barlat’s Yld2004-18 and Yld2004-13p
functions in a sense that all require the same experimental data for parameter
identification and can be used in 3D and plane stress cases. However, the BBC2008
69
function can be based on more parameters and consequently requires more
experimental inputs. This feature has been added to a very recently proposed Yld2012
yield function proposed by Aretz and Barlat (2012) which can take one or more
additional linear transformations compared with Yld2004-18p model.
4.4.4 Cazacu and Barlat’s yield criteria
Cazacu and Barlat (2004; 2004) proposed a new yield function based on the linear
transformation approach to consider the strength differential effect observed as
yielding asymmetry in pressure insensitive materials such as hexagonal close-packed
(HCP) metals including titanium, textured magnesium and magnesium alloys. The
strength differential effect is observed when yield stresses in tension and compression
are different. In materials exhibiting this behaviour, the plastic deformation occurs by
both slip and twinning and due to the polarity, the material response depends on the
sign of the stress (Cazacu and Barlat, 2004; Barlat et al., 2007). Plunlett et al (2006)
implemented the improved Cazacu model into finite element code to account for the
rapid change of yield surface due to texture evolution during monotonic loading.
4.4.5 Polynomial yield functions
Hill (1950) proposed a general framework of plane stress yield functions based on a
polynomial expression as given by Eqn.(4-64)
∑
(4-64a)
(4-64b)
where are function parameters, and are non-negative integers and is the
n-th order homogenous yield function. Polynomial functions are very attractive due to
convenient calculation of derivatives which is needed for implementation into FE
code.
Gotoh (1977) proposed a fourth order polynomial with 9 material parameters that can
model anomalous behavior. In his model, . The advantage of his model
was the fact that the variation of in-plane Lankford coefficients and yield stresses are
well predicted. The large number of experimental tests (including uniaxial, biaxial
and pure shear) required for optimization of 8 parameters (i.e. 9 for compressible
materials) may be considered as disadvantage for this model. It must be noted that this
problem might be relieved by the progress of recent experimental techniques. In
addition, a large number of experimental data is indispensable for describing a highly
anisotropic material.
Hu (2003, 2005) proposed two polynomial-based yield functions for plane stress and
3D applications, respectively. He described that the Lankford coefficients and not the
70 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
balanced biaxial yield stress influence the shape of the yield surface. Leacock (2006)
discovered that Hu’s models may cause oscillations in both yield stresses and
Lankford coefficients outside the points used in the parameter identification. To
overcome this drawback, Hu (2007) proposed an improved version of his previous
models. He assumed that yield stress at 22.5° and 67.5° are linear functions of initial
yield stress at 0°, 45° and 90°.
Recently Soare et al (2008) proposed 4th, 6th and 8th order polynomial functions
(respectively called Poly 4,Poly 6 and Poly 8) respectively with 9, 16 and 25 model
parameters. Their models were originally developed for plane stress problems but can
be extended conveniently for 3D conditions. They elaborated on the convexity of the
models and clarified the parameter identification procedure. Poly 4 function with 9
parameters was dominant to Yld96 function. Both Poly 6 and Poly 8 results were
dominant over Yld2004 function for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3.
4.5 Summary
In this chapter, a review of various isotropic and anisotropic yield functions was
provided. Among the anisotropic models, Hill’s and Barlat’s family of yield functions
were described in detail and the advantages and disadvantages of these models were
discussed.
If anisotropy must be considered and simplicity of the model is the priority then the
Hill 1948 model would be the preference. According to the characteristic of this
model, it is not recommended to be used for highly anisotropic materials and most
aluminum alloys. Other Hill anisotropic models lack simplicity and efficiency.
The chronological improvement in the models proposed by Barlat was also illustrated.
Among the models he proposed, Yld96, Yld2000-2d and Yld2004-18p gain
considerable popularity due to their great accuracy. The difficulties in derivation of
first and second order gradients of these models (required for development in finite
element as user material subroutine) could be a concern. Among these models, the
Yld2004-18p can describe the variation of directional yield stresses and Lankford
coefficients at each 15° from rolling to transverse direction. Therefore, this model is
recommended when accuracy is a concern (for a highly anisotropic material).
If accuracy is desired together with simple derivation of model derivatives, then high
order polynomial-based anisotropic models can be recommended. Due to the
polynomial nature of these models their derivatives can be obtained simply. Some
considerations during parameter identification must be taken into account to ensure
convexity of these models. According to the results of Soare et al (2008), the results
of the Poly4 (4th order polynomial) anisotropic model is very close to Yld96. He also
showed that the results of Poly6 and 8 models are very close to Yld2004-18p.
Therefore, polynomial models could be considered as combination of simplicity and
accuracy.
71
All discussed models were based on normality and AFR hypotheses. In the next
chapter, the concept of non-AFR is described and the Hill 1948 and Yld2000-2d yield
functions are converted into non-AFR versions. The improvement of using non-AFR
instead of AFR based models will be discussed in Chapter 7.
72 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
Bibliography
Ahn, D.C., Yoon, J.W., Kim, K.Y., 2009. Modeling of anisotropic plastic behavior of
ferritic stainless steel sheet. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 51, 718-
725.
Aretz, H., Barlat, F., 2012. Unconditionally Convex Yield Functions for Sheet Metal
Forming Based on Linear Stress Deviator Transformation, in: Merklein, M.a.H., H.
(Ed.), Material Forming ESAFORM 2012. Key Engineering Materials, Erlangen,
Germany, pp. 667-672.
Arminjon, M., 1991. A Regular Form of the Schmid Law. Application to the
Ambiguity Problem. Textures and Microstructures 14, 1121-1128.
Banabic, D., Balan, T., Comsa, D.S., 2000. A new yield criterion for orthotropic sheet
metals under plane-stress conditions, in: Banabic, D. (Ed.), 7th cold metal forming
conference, Cluj Napoca, Romania, pp. 217-224.
Banabic, D., Aretz, H., Comsa, D.S., Paraianu, L., 2005. An improved analytical
description of orthotropy in metallic sheets. International Journal of Plasticity 21,
493-512.
Banabic, D., 2009. Plastic Behaviour of Sheet Metal, Sheet Metal Forming Processes.
Springer Berlin Heidelberg, Germany, pp. 27-140.
Barlat, F., Richmond, O., 1987. Prediction of tricomponent plane stress yield surfaces
and associated flow and failure behavior of strongly textured f.c.c. polycrystalline
sheets. Materials Science and Engineering 95, 15-29.
Barlat, F., Lian, K., 1989. Plastic behavior and stretchability of sheet metals. Part I: A
yield function for orthotropic sheets under plane stress conditions. International
Journal of Plasticity 5, 51-66.
Barlat, F., Lege, D.J., Brem, J.C., 1991. A 6-Component Yield Function for
Anisotropic Materials. International Journal of Plasticity 7, 693-712.
Barlat, F., Maeda, Y., Chung, K., Yanagawa, M., Brem, J.C., Hayashida, Y., Lege,
D.J., Matsui, K., Murtha, S.J., Hattori, S., Becker, R.C., Makosey, S., 1997. Yield
function development for aluminum alloy sheets. J Mech Phys Solids 45, 1727-1763.
Barlat, F., Brem, J.C., Yoon, J.W., Chung, K., Dick, R.E., Lege, D.J., Pourgoghrat, F.,
Choi, S.H., Chu, E., 2003. Plane stress yield function for aluminum alloy sheets - part
1: theory. International Journal of Plasticity 19, 1297-1319.
Barlat, F., Aretz, H., Yoon, J.W., Karabin, M.E., Brem, J.C., Dick, R.E., 2005. Linear
transfomation-based anisotropic yield functions. International Journal of Plasticity 21,
1009-1039.
Barlat, F., Yoon, J.W., Cazacu, O., 2007. On linear transformations of stress tensors
for the description of plastic anisotropy. International Journal of Plasticity 23, 876-
896.
Bassani, J.L., 1977. Yield characterization of metals with transversely isotropic
plastic properties. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 19, 651-660.
73
Bishop, J.F.W., Hill, R., 1951. XLVI. A theory of the plastic distortion of a
polycrystalline aggregate under combined stresses. Philosophical Magazine Series 7
42, 414-427.
Bridgman, P.W., 1947. The Effect of Hydrostatic Pressure on the Fracture of Brittle
Substances. J. Appl. Phys 18, 246-258.
Bridgman, P.W., 1952. Studies in large plastic flow and fracture with special
emphasis on the effects of hydrostatic pressure, 1st ed. McGraw-Hill, New York,.
Bron, F., Besson, J., 2004. A yield function for anisotropic materials - Application to
aluminum alloys. International Journal of Plasticity 20, 937-963.
Budianski, B., 1984. Anisotropic Plasticity of Plane-Isotropic Sheets. Mechanics of
Material Behavior, 15-29.
Butuc, M.C., Banabic, D., Barata da Rocha, A., Gracio, J.J., Ferreira Duarte, J., Jurco,
P., Comsa, D.S., 2002. The performance of Yld96 and BBC2000 yield functions in
forming limit prediction. Journal of Materials Processing Technology 125–126, 281-
286.
Cazacu, O., Barlat, F., 2002. A new anisotropic yield criterion for aluminum alloys.
Advanced Materials Forum I 230-2, 537-540.
Cazacu, O., Barlat, F., 2004. A criterion for description of anisotropy and yield
differential effects in pressure-insensitive metals. International Journal of Plasticity
20, 2027-2045.
Cazacu, O., Barlat, F., Nixon, M.E., 2004. New anisotropic constitutive models for
HCP sheet forming simulations, in: Ghosh, S., Castro, J.M., Lee, J.K. (Eds.),
Materials Processing and Design: Modeling, Simulation and Applications, Pts 1 and
2. Amer Inst Physics, Melville, pp. 1046-1051.
Cazacu, O., Plunkett, B., Barlat, F., 2006. Orthotropic yield criterion for hexagonal
closed packed metals. International Journal of Plasticity 22, 1171-1194.
Chung, K., Lee, M.-G., Kim, D., Kim, C., Wenner, M.L., Barlat, F., 2005. Spring-
back evaluation of automotive sheets based on isotropic-kinematic hardening laws
and non-quadratic anisotropic yield functions: Part I: theory and formulation.
International Journal of Plasticity 21, 861-882.
Comsa, D.-S., Banabic, D., 2008. Plane-stress yield criterion for highly-anisotropic
sheet metals, NUMISHEET 2008, Switzerland.
Crisfield, M.A., 1997. Non-linear finite element analysis of solids and structures.
Wiley, Chichester ; New York.
Drucker, D.C., 1951. A More Fundamental Approach to Plastic Stress-Strain
Relations, First U.S. Nat. Congr. Applied Mechanics. ASME, pp. 487-491.
Drucker, D.C., 1959. A Definition of a Stable Inelastic Material. J. Appl. Mech.
Trans. ASME, 26 101-107.
Eggleston, H.G., 1958. Convexity. Cambridge University Press.
74 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
Gambin, W., Barlat, F., 1997. Modeling of deformation texture development based on
rate independent crystal plasticity. International Journal of Plasticity 13, 75-85.
Geng, L.M., Wagoner, R.H., 2002. Role of plastic anisotropy and its evolution on
springback. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 44, 123-148.
Gotoh, M., 1977. A theory of plastic anisotropy based on a yield function of fourth
order (plane stress state)—I. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 19, 505-
512.
Grote, K.-H., Antonsson, E.K., 2008. Springer handbook of mechanical engineering,
1st ed. Springer, New York.
Hecker, S.S., 1976. Experimental studies of yield phenomena in biaxially loaded
metals. [Review].
Hershey, A.V., 1954. The Plasticity of an Isotropic Aggregate of Anisotropic Face
Centered Cubic Crystals. J. Appl. Mech. Trans. ASME 21, 241.
Hill, R., 1948. A Theory of the Yielding and Plastic Flow of Anisotropic Metals.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical
Sciences 193, 281-297.
Hill, R., 1950. The mathematical theory of plasticity. Clarendon Press, Oxford,.
Hill, R., 1979. Theoretical Plasticity of Textured Aggregates. Math Proc Cambridge
85, 179-191.
Hill, R., 1990. Constitutive modelling of orthotropic plasticity in sheet metals. J Mech
Phys Solids 38, 405-417.
Hill, R., 1993. A user-friendly theory of orthotropic plasticity in sheet metals.
International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 35, 19-25.
Hosford, W.F., 1972. A Generalized Isotropic Yield Criterion. Journal of Applied
Mechanics 39, 607-609.
Hosford, W.F., 1985. Comments on anisotropic yield criteria. International Journal of
Mechanical Sciences 27, 423-427.
Hu, W., 2003. Characterized behaviors and corresponding yield criterion of
anisotropic sheet metals. Materials Science and Engineering: A 345, 139-144.
Hu, W., 2005. An orthotropic yield criterion in a 3-D general stress state.
International Journal of Plasticity 21, 1771-1796.
Hu, W., 2007. Constitutive modeling of orthotropic sheet metals by presenting
hardening-induced anisotropy. International Journal of Plasticity 23, 620-639.
Karafillis, A.P., Boyce, M.C., 1993. A general anisotropic yield criterion using
bounds and a transformation weighting tensor. J Mech Phys Solids 41, 1859-1886.
Khan, A.S., Huang, S., 1995. Continuum theory of plasticity. Wiley, New York.
Leacock, A.G., 2006. A mathematical description of orthotropy in sheet metals. J
Mech Phys Solids 54, 425-444.
75
Lee, M.G., Kim, D., Kim, C., Wenner, M.L., Wagoner, R.H., Chung, K.S., 2007. A
practical two-surface plasticity model and its application to spring-back prediction.
International Journal of Plasticity 23, 1189-1212.
Lin, S.B., Ding, J.L., 1996. A modified form of Hill's orientationdashdependent yield
criterion for orthotropic sheet metals. J Mech Phys Solids 44, 1739-1764.
Neto, E.A.d.S., Peric, D., Owens, D., 2008. Computational methods for plasticity :
theory and applications. Wiley, Oxford.
Park, T., Chung, K., 2012. Non-associated flow rule with symmetric stiffness
modulus for isotropic-kinematic hardening and its application for earing in circular
cup drawing. International Journal of Solids and Structures 49, 3582-3593.
Plunkett, B., Lebensohn, R.A., Cazacu, O., Barlat, F., 2006. Anisotropic yield
function of hexagonal materials taking into account texture development and
anisotropic hardening. Acta Mater 54, 4159-4169.
Rockafellar, R.T., 1972. Convex Analysis, Convex Functions (section 4). Princeton
University Press, New Jersey pp. 23-31.
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., Hertschap, K., 2012a. Characterization of deep drawing
steels using optical strain measurements. Steel Research International 4, 403-406.
Safaei, M., Zang, S.L., Lee, M.G., De Waele, W., 2012b. Evaluation of Anisotropic
Constitutive Models: Mixed Anisotropic Hardening and Non-associated Flow Rule
Approach. International Journal of mechanical Sciences (DOI
10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2013.04.003).
Soare, S., Yoon, J.W., Cazacu, O., 2008. On the use of homogeneous polynomials to
develop anisotropic yield functions with applications to sheet forming. International
Journal of Plasticity 24, 915-944.
Soare, S., Barlat, F., 2010. Convex polynomial yield functions. J Mech Phys Solids
58, 1804-1818.
Stout, M.G., Hecker, S.S., 1983. Role of geometry in plastic instability and fracture of
tubes and sheet. Mech Mater 2, 23-31.
Van Houtte, P., 1994. Application of plastic potentials to strain rate sensitive and
insensitive anisotropic materials. International Journal of Plasticity 10, 719-748.
Vegter, H., van den Boogaard, A.H., 2006. A plane stress yield function for
anisotropic sheet material by interpolation of biaxial stress states. International
Journal of Plasticity 22, 557-580.
von Mises, R.V., 1928. Mechanics of plastic deformation of crystals. Zeitschrift für
Angewandte Mathematik und Mechanik 8, 25.
Woodthorpe, J., Pearce, R., 1970. The anomalous behaviour of aluminium sheet
under balanced biaxial tension. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 12, 341-
347.
76 Chapter 4, Anisotropic yielding
Yoon, J.-H., Cazacu, O., Whan Yoon, J., Dick, R.E., 2010. Earing predictions for
strongly textured aluminum sheets. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 52,
1563-1578.
Yoon, J.W., Barlat, F., Chung, K., Pourboghrat, F., Yang, D.Y., 2000. Earing
predictions based on asymmetric nonquadratic yield function. International Journal of
Plasticity 16, 1075-1104.
Yoon, J.W., Barlat, F., Gracio, J.J., Rauch, E., 2005. Anisotropic strain hardening
behavior in simple shear for cube textured aluminum alloy sheets. International
Journal of Plasticity 21, 2426-2447.
Yoon, J.W., Barlat, F., Dick, R.E., Karabin, M.E., 2006. Prediction of six or eight ears
in a drawn cup based on a new anisotropic yield function. International Journal of
Plasticity 22, 174-193.
Chapter 5
5 Non-associated flow rule
78 Chapter 5, Non-associated flow rule
5.1 Introduction
This chapter discusses the concept of non-associated flow rule and its advantages over
its AFR counterpart. In section 5.2, some disadvantages of an associated flow rule
(AFR) approach for finite element simulation of sheet metal forming are highlighted.
Then, in section 5.3, the concept of non-associated flow rule is introduced and its
advantages over AFR are discussed. Section 5.4 introduces two non-AFR based
anisotropic yield models and briefly compares AFR and non-AFR based anisotropic
yield models. Finally, in section 5.5, the stability issue of non-AFR is discussed.
5.2 Limitations of associated flow rule (AFR)
In the previous chapter, various phenomenological anisotropic yield functions in the
framework of associated flow rule hypothesis have been introduced. In AFR, which is
one of the cornerstones of classical plasticity theory for metals, the yield function
determines both yielding and flow direction (plastic strain rate) simultaneously.
However, various studies described the inability of the AFR concept in dealing with
highly anisotropic materials. For instance, (Cvitanic et al., 2008) showed that Hill
(1948) and Karafillis–Boyce (1993) anisotropic yield functions cannot predict both
directional r-values and yield stresses simultaneously for AA 2008-T4 and AA 2090-
T3. Park and Chung (Park and Chung, 2012) reported that Hill 1948 and Yld2000-2d
generate poor accuracy for directional r-values and yield stresses for AA 2090-T3 and
AA 5042. Yoon et al (Yoon et al., 2007) showed that Hill 1948 is unable to predict
the exact numbers of ears in deep drawn cups made of AA 2090-T3. Therefore it can
be concluded that describing a highly anisotropic material in terms of both plastic
strain rate and yielding behaviour with an identical function for yield function and
plastic potential function is difficult (Stoughton, 2002). This can, for instance, be
fulfilled by using more complicated yield criteria with a large number of parameters
such as the Yld2004-18p model developed by Barlat et al (2005).
From a physical point of view, experimental tension and compression tests on iron
based metals and on aluminium, reported by Spitzig and Richmond (1984), revealed
the (linear) dependency of yield stress on the superimposed hydrostatic pressure.
They also showed that an associated flow rule over-predicts the plastic dilatation in
the presence of superimposed hydrostatic pressure. Therefore the AFR approach is
unable to deal with zero plastic dilatancy and pressure sensitivity because zero plastic
dilatancy requires the plastic potential to be a function of the deviatoric stress only,
and must therefore be insensitive to pressure (Stoughton and Yoon, 2006). Similar
observation as made by Spitzig and Richmond was reported for geologic materials by
Lade et al (1987) and the invalidity of AFR approach for application to porous,
granular, and geologic materials has been proven.
79
5.3 Non-associated flow rule (non-AFR)
5.3.1 Background
The non-associated flow rule approach removes the artificial constraint of equality of
plastic potential and yield function enforced by the AFR assumption. Consequently,
two separate functions for yield function and plastic potential function are adopted. In
other words, the yield and plastic potential functions respectively describe the elastic
limit and plastic strain rate direction independently. This assumption leads to various
advantages and flexibility such as
A non-AFR approach could be the answer for description of simultaneous
pressure sensitivity and negligible plastic dilatancy.
A larger number of experimental data are used for calibration of the
parameters of yield and plastic potential functions resulting in a better
agreement between simulation and experimental data, e.g. better prediction
of yield stress and Lankford coefficient at multiple in-plane orientations.
Furthermore, the inability of Hill 1948 quadratic yield function for modeling
the first order anomalous behaviour in balanced biaxial tension can not be
because of the quadratic order of the formulation, but is rather due to the
restriction forced by the equivalency of the plastic potential function and
yield function (Yoon et al., 2007).
Considering a highly anisotropic material, large gradients on the curvature of
the AFR yield surface may cause convergence problems. The non-AFR
approach, by using two separate functions, reduces the curvature and
improves the convergence (Stoughton and Yoon, 2006).
Considering the various advantages offered by non-AFR, recently its popularity has
increased and more attention is paid to the development and implementation of non-
AFR based models for metal plasticity. However, the number of publications in this
field is few. For instance, the distinguished work of Stoughton (2002) proposed a non-
AFR based Hill 1948 quadratic formulation that accurately predicts both direction-
dependent Lankford coefficients and yield stresses at rolling, transverse and diagonal
directions. In addition, difficulties in description of the first and second order
anomalous behaviours for metals with low r-value were resolved in his model. The
reported efficiency in prediction of direction-dependent Lankford coefficients and
yield stresses was due to sufficient degree of freedom for choosing material
parameters that could match to the input experimental values (Stoughton and Yoon,
2006). Continuing his previous model, Stoughton together with Yoon (2004)
developed a pressure sensitive non-AFR model that predicted the strength differential
effect observed in tension-compression tests. Cvitanic et al (2008) developed a non-
AFR model based on Hill 1948 quadratic and Karafillis and Boyce non-quadratic
yield functions combined with isotropic hardening (Swift law) which showed an
80 Chapter 5, Non-associated flow rule
improved prediction of the heights of deep drawn cups made of an aluminium alloy.
Stoughton and Yoon (2009) proposed a non-AFR based distortional hardening model
that resulted in an excellent prediction of the hardening curves corresponding to the
rolling, diagonal and transverse directions as well as balanced biaxial stress state.
Improvements in the prediction of cup height and springback of U-bend using non-
AFR with mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening have been reported in recent work of
Taherizadeh et al (2010). Recently, Park and Chung (2012) proposed an analytical
approach to achieve a symmetric consistent tangent modulus for non-AFR based
models, which is suitable for FEM software that cannot deal with asymmetric
matrices.
5.3.2 Concept
The yield criterion for both AFR and non-AFR based models is defined by
( ) (5-1)
The normality rule is the fundamental assumption in AFR plasticity. This rule
describes that the plastic strain rate is directly associated to the first gradient of the
continuously differentiable yield function , i.e. normal to the yield surface. This
results from the assumption that the maximum plastic work occurs only when the
plastic strain increment is normal to the yield surface. To prove the normality for AFR
let us start with the principle of maximum plastic work. This principle describes that
the stress must be restricted to the yield surface and, in addition, should be such as to
maximize the increment/rate of plastic strain (Crisfield, 1997).
(5-2a)
{
} (5-2b)
This can be dealt with creating a Lagrangian function (a mathematical approach for
finding extrema named after Joseph Louis Lagrange) which includes the constraint
and adds a Lagrange multiplier times the yield criterion F
( )
(5-3a)
(5-3b)
Eqn.(5-3b) defines the normality rule
(5-4)
81
where
(5-5)
is also called the plastic multiplier and the second order tensor
is the first
gradient of the yield function.
Fig 5-1 Concepts of associated (left) and non-associated (right) flow rule.
However, in the non-associated flow rule, the normal to the plastic potential
function , describes the plastic strain rate direction. Then the normality rule is
described by
82 Chapter 5, Non-associated flow rule
(5-6)
where
(5-7)
Simply, due to equality of and in the AFR hypothesis one obtains
(5-8)
An example of AFR and non-AFR based models and their associated plastic potential
function and yield function are depicted in Fig 5-1.
5.4 Non-AFR based yield models
5.4.1 Non-AFR version of Hill 1948
Considering the non-AFR version of Hill 1948, its yield function is based on the S-
based Hill 1948 function. This function is described by Eqn.(5-9) and only requires
yield stresses and for parameter calibration.
(
)
(5-9)
, and are yield function parameters that can be calculated as follows
(
)
,
( (
)
(
)
) , (
)
(
)
(5-10)
The plastic potential function is represented by the r-based Hill 1948 function. It
should be noticed that the difference between the two versions of Hill 1948 is the type
of experimental inputs needed for parameter identification. Considering r-based Hill
1948 function, these inputs are directional r-values and .
The plastic potential function is
(
)
(5-11)
where the parameters , and are given by
,
,
(5-12)
83
5.4.2 Non-AFR version of Yld2000-2d
Considering the non-AFR version of the Yld2000-2d model, its yield function is
described by
[
]
(5-13)
where
,
(5-14)
and
are the principal values of the linear transformation of the stress deviators
and .
,
(5-15)
⌈⌈⌈⌈
⌉
⌉⌉⌉
⌈⌈⌈⌈
⌉
⌉⌉⌉
[
] ,
⌈⌈⌈⌈
⌉
⌉⌉⌉
⌈⌈⌈⌈ ⌉
⌉⌉⌉
⌈⌈⌈⌈
⌉⌉⌉⌉
(5-16)
The parameters of the Yld2000-2d yield function , , are optimized based on
directional yield stresses at every 15° from rolling to transverse direction
( ) and the balanced biaxial yield stress ( . The plastic
potential function of the non-AFR based Yld2000-2d model follows the same
formulation of the Yld2000-2d yield function as defined in Eqn.(5-13). However, it
requires Lankford coefficients for unidirectional loading in different orientations
( as well as that of balanced biaxial loading ( for
parameter optimization.
5.4.3 Evaluation of non-AFR models versus various AFR models
An in-depth evaluation of the non-AFR versions of quadratic Hill 1948 and non-
quadratic Yld2000-2d models is provided in Chapter 7. However, one may already
notice that a considerable improvement can be expected from the non-AFR models
compared with their AFR counterparts. For instance, the AFR r-based Hill 1948
model can result in an accurate prediction of Lankford coefficients at 0°, 45° and 90°
and the AFR S-based Hill 1948 model results in an exact fit to the initial yield stresses
at these directions and at the balanced biaxial stress state. For the non-AFR version,
however, both yield stresses and Lankford coefficients at 0°, 45° and 90° as well as
yield stress for balanced biaxial stress are exactly predicted (Safaei et al., 2012a, b).
84 Chapter 5, Non-associated flow rule
Due to the absence of a direct link between yield stress and Lankford coefficient, the
first and second order anomalous behaviours can be modeled with the non-AFR
quadratic Hill 1948 model. Considering the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model, it will be
shown in Chapter 7 that in-plane yield stresses and Lankford coefficients at each 15°
from 0° to 90° are in excellent agreement with experimental results. As a result,
prediction of 6 and 8 ears becomes possible using this formulation (Yoon et al., 2006;
Park and Chung, 2012; Safaei et al., 2012c).
5.5 Non-AFR and stability
Stability of constitutive models is critical for finite element applications. The general
stability requirements for rate and temperature insensitive material models for finite
element simulation are (Stoughton and Yoon, 2006):
1. Positive rate of plastic work ( ) and change of equivalent plastic strain
( .
2. Unambiguous definition of the rate of change of all state variables for both
strain-rate and stress-rate controlled boundary conditions
3. The strain state must remain unchanged for any closed-loop loading path that
does not expand the yield surface.
4. The net amount of work on any closed cycle of strain must also be positive
for all possible deformation paths.
Violation of any of the above four conditions can lead to illogical bifurcations such as
yield point phenomenon, problems in numerical convergence and/or irrealistic
predictions.
Drucker (1959) described a class of stable material models that cover all four
requirements and discussed the relation between AFR and stability. His postulate
states that for any stress state the second order work state is always positive
(5-17)
Drucker also showed that when Eqn.(5-17) is satisfied, consequently the first order
plastic work rate is always positive
(5-18)
Accordingly plastic deformation is always a dissipative process. Drucker showed that
a material constitutive model which is based on AFR is always stable and satisfies all
requirements mentioned above. Consequently, Drucker’s postulate ensures maximum
plastic dissipation and that leads to convexity. In Fig 5-2, the relation between
convexity and maximum plastic dissipation is shown.
85
Fig 5-2 Relation between maximum plastic dissipation, convexity and normality in
AFR method (Yld2000-2d as a convex yield surface).
However, Mroz (1963) showed that AFR is a sufficient requirement for stability but
not a necessary one. As discussed earlier, there are classes of metals that cannot be
described by AFR and, thus, the non-AFR concept is required. Therefore Drucker’s
postulate seems to be incompatible with non-AFR. For instance, in Fig 5-3 at a stress
state denoting (
) and , non-convexity of the non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model is shown.
Fig 5-3 Non-AFR Yld2000-2d as a non-convex anisotropic model.
Stoughton and Yoon (2006) described that AFR is not the only postulate for stability
and provided a broad framework of material models including non-AFR based models
Convexity of associated flow rule
26-Apr-13 12
Convex
Convexity of non-associated flow rule
26-Apr-13 13
86 Chapter 5, Non-associated flow rule
with the same level of stability among which we briefly describe the
loading/unloading and non-singularity constraint.
The classical loading/unloading criterion for a work hardening material is defined by
purely elastic
and purely elastic (5-19)
and ideally plastic
and elastic-plastic
Fig 5-4 Schematic of various loading conditions in an AFR model.
Fig 5-4 depicts concept of various loading conditions assuming AFR approach. The
ideal plastic behaviour raises instability problems and does not represent a proper
material behaviour for FE simulations. Excluding this case, the loading/unloading
criterion can be written in the following form for non-AFR models
purely elastic
and
purely elastic (5-20)
and
elastic-plastic
Stoughton and Yoon (2006) proved that by imposing this constraint the rate of
change of the effective plastic strain is uniquely defined. Considering AFR models,
the singularity (for stress controlled applications) happens when the slope of the stress
versus plastic strain curve is zero. Therefore this can be avoided by a simple
constraint
87
(5-21)
For the case of non-AFR models, another constraint must also be imposed to avoid
such singularity
(5-22)
This results from the governing equation on plastic compliance factor which
will be derived in the next chapter.
(5-23)
There are other constraints that are required to analytically achieve the stability of
non-AFR models (Stoughton and Yoon, 2006). However, from the point of view of
implementation in FE software, the constraints mentioned above are the most
important.
5.6 Summary
In this chapter, the concept of non-AFR which removes the artificial constraint of
equality of yield and plastic potential functions was described. By using two
independent functions the zero plastic dilatancy and pressure sensitivity can be
described simultaneously. Moreover, compared to AFR models a more accurate
description of anisotropy is possible by non-AFR models due to incorporating
additional experimental data for parameter calibration. Regarding the stability of non-
AFR, the general requirements for stability for rate and temperature insensitive
material models were briefly described. Violation of any of these stability conditions
can lead to instability problems. Drucker (1959) showed that a material constitutive
model which is based on AFR is always stable. However, Mroz (1963) showed that
even though AFR is a sufficient requirement for stability, it is not a necessary one.
Furthermore, hydrostatic pressure sensitive metals cannot be described by AFR based
models as shown by Spitzig and Richmond (1984) and, thus, the non-AFR concept is
essentially required. In other words, Drucker’s postulate seems to be incompatible
with the non-AFR assumption that is required for modeling of materials that possess
pressure sensitivity and incompressibility characteristics. Stoughton and Yoon (2006)
described that AFR is not the only postulate for stability and they provided a broad
framework of material models including non-AFR ones with the same level of
stability.
88 Chapter 5, Non-associated flow rule
Bibliography
Barlat, F., Aretz, H., Yoon, J.W., Karabin, M.E., Brem, J.C., Dick, R.E., 2005. Linear
transfomation-based anisotropic yield functions. International Journal of Plasticity 21,
1009-1039.
Crisfield, M.A., 1997. Non-linear finite element analysis of solids and structures.
Wiley, Chichester ; New York.
Cvitanic, V., Vlak, F., Lozina, Z., 2008. A finite element formulation based on non-
associated plasticity for sheet metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 24,
646-687.
Drucker, D.C., 1959. A Definition of a Stable Inelastic Material. J. Appl. Mech.
Trans. ASME, 26 101-107.
Hill, R., 1948. A Theory of the Yielding and Plastic Flow of Anisotropic Metals.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical
Sciences 193, 281-297.
Karafillis, A.P., Boyce, M.C., 1993. A general anisotropic yield criterion using
bounds and a transformation weighting tensor. J Mech Phys Solids 41, 1859-1886.
Lade, P., Nelson, R., Ito, Y., 1987. Nonassociated Flow and Stability of Granular
Materials. Journal of Engineering Mechanics 113, 1302-1318.
Mroz, Z., 1963. Non-associated flow laws in plasticity. Jl. De Mechanique 2, 21.
Park, T., Chung, K., 2012. Non-associated flow rule with symmetric stiffness
modulus for isotropic-kinematic hardening and its application for earing in circular
cup drawing. International Journal of Solids and Structures 49, 3582-3593.
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., Zang, S.-l., 2012a. A rate-independent non-associated
constitutive model for finite element simulation of sheet metal forming, in: Khan, A.
(Ed.), Plasticity and its Current Applications, 18th International symposium,
Proceedings. Numerical Engineering Analysis and Testing (NEAT), Poerto Rico, US,
pp. 61-63.
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., Zang, S.-l., 2012b. Evaluation of Associated and Non-
Associated Flow Metal Plasticity; Application for DC06 Deep Drawing Steel, in:
Merklein, M., Hagenah, H. (Eds.), ESAFORM 2012. Trans Tech, University
Erlangen-Nuremberg, Germany, pp. 661-666.
Safaei, M., Zang, S.L., Lee, M.G., De Waele, W., 2012c. Evaluation of Anisotropic
Constitutive Models: Mixed Anisotropic Hardening and Non-associated Flow Rule
Approach. International Journal of mechanical Sciences (DOI
10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2013.04.003).
Spitzig, W.A., Richmond, O., 1984. The effect of pressure on the flow-stress of
metals. Acta metallurgica 32, 457-463.
Stoughton, T.B., 2002. A non-associated flow rule for sheet metal forming.
International Journal of Plasticity 18, 687-714.
89
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2004. A pressure-sensitive yield criterion under a non-
associated flow rule for sheet metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 20,
705-731.
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2006. Review of Drucker’s postulate and the issue of
plastic stability in metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 22, 391-433.
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2009. Anisotropic hardening and non-associated flow in
proportional loading of sheet metals. International Journal of Plasticity 25, 1777-
1817.
Taherizadeh, A., Green, D.E., Ghaei, A., Yoon, J.W., 2010. A non-associated
constitutive model with mixed iso-kinematic hardening for finite element simulation
of sheet metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 26, 288-309.
Yoon, J.W., Barlat, F., Dick, R.E., Karabin, M.E., 2006. Prediction of six or eight ears
in a drawn cup based on a new anisotropic yield function. International Journal of
Plasticity 22, 174-193.
Yoon, J.W., Stoughton, T.B., Dick, R.E., 2007. Earing prediction in cup drawing
based on non-associated flow rule, in: CeasarDeSa, J.M.A., Santos, A.D. (Eds.),
NUMIFORM '07: Materials Processing and Design: Modeling, Simulation and
Applications, Pts I and II. Amer Inst Physics, Melville, pp. 685-690.
90 Chapter 5, Non-associated flow rule
Chapter 6
6 Fully implicit backward Euler
integration scheme
92 Chapter 6, Fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme
6.1 Introduction
In Chapter 5 the concept of a non-associated flow rule was presented and its
advantages for describing the anisotropic behaviour of sheet metals were discussed.
To implement the non-AFR approach into finite element code, the governing elastic-
plastic rate equations have to be integrated in order to calculate the incremental values
of stress and strain and to incorporate the effects of load path. To this end, different
integration schemes will be discussed in Chapter 9. For implementation in finite
element software, the integration schemes should be converted to a user material
subroutine which is a code written in a programing language such as FORTRAN or C.
The user material subroutines UMAT and VUMAT are respectively used for
Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit
respectively work based on implicit and explicit time integration schemes. In either of
them, it is possible to implement any type of implicit, explicit and combined stress
update schemes. The user material subroutine receives stress, strain and other
information corresponding to the previously converged step from finite element
software for each element. Then its task is to find the updated stress and strain data
based on an imposed strain increment. The difference between several integration
schemes lies in the numerical techniques they use to resolve the output data.
The most favourable integration scheme, because of its high accuracy, is the so-called
fully implicit backward Euler method. This one is adopted in this chapter. The
approach presented is capable of dealing with any first order homogeneous yield and
plastic potential function. For the purpose of extending the range of applicability of
the non-AFR model to applications including load reversal and not only proportional
loading, it is proposed to employ the non-AFR model with assemblage of a mixed
isotropic-kinematic hardening model proposed by Zang et al (2011). This proposed
one-surface hardening model was presented in Section 3.5.2 and can predict the key
phenomena observed during load reversal such as Bauschinger effect, transient
behaviour and permanent softening. Moreover, it can be simply reduced to a classical
Chaboche and Armstrong-Frederick model or even to isotropic hardening. The
linearization approach presented in this chapter is provided in more detail in
Appendix A.
6.2 Return mapping algorithm
Most commercial finite element codes are established based on the strain-driven
boundary condition in which a defined total strain rate is imposed to each element and
successively the stress history is obtained from the strain history by means of an
integration algorithm (Simo and Taylor, 1986). In other words, the total strain
increment has to be decomposed into its elastic and plastic components and the
effective plastic strain rate and unique stress rate associated to that plastic strain rate
tensor have to be determined. Finally the determined variables have to be integrated
93
over a very small time increment resulting in a unique stress solution corresponding to
the determined plastic strain tensor.
Different return mapping algorithms have been proposed to solve the rate constitutive
equations for a given set of initial conditions. In this class of integration schemes, first
the stress is assumed to be outside the yield surface and using different return
mapping techniques it is driven back to be located on the new yield surface. For
instance Wilkins (1963) suggested the first radial return scheme for J2 plasticity. The
fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme gained considerable popularity due
to its unconditional stability and moreover its quadratic convergence rate. The
quadratic convergence is due to the inherent characteristic of the Newton-Raphson
iteration method employed in this scheme. In this approach, the increments in plastic
strain and all internal variables and
are calculated at the end of the step
denoted by and the yield condition is enforced at the end of the step
(Belytschko et al., 2000). In other words, the fully implicit backward Euler integration
scheme is implicit in terms of plasticity parameter , flow direction
, as well as
and . This integration scheme requires second order derivatives of yield and plastic
potential functions giving rise to difficulties in the development of the update scheme.
Alternatively, if one seeks a compromise between computational time and accuracy,
the so-called semi-implicit backward Euler integration scheme may be used, as it is
only implicit in terms of the plasticity parameter thus bypassing the need of second
order derivatives. The flow direction and plastic modulus are from the previous step,
i.e.
and
where subscript n denotes the previous step. By imposing the
yield condition at the end of the step, the consistency condition is satisfied thus
avoiding the drift of stress from the yield surface.
In contrast with the fully implicit scheme, the semi-implicit approach is not
unconditionally stable and accuracy and stability may be a concern. There are also
various simple integration schemes such as forward Euler algorithm (non-return
mapping technique) and cutting plane algorithm developed by Ortiz and Simo (1986).
However, the simplicity of the integration scheme generally limits the user towards
using considerably smaller time increments to reduce the risk of falling beyond the
yield surface. In this work the fully implicit backward Euler scheme is adopted
because of its high accuracy and unconditional stability.
6.3 Elasto-plasticity with non-AFR
As indicated in the previous chapter, in a non-AFR based model the continuously
differentiable plastic potential and yield functions are incorporated in the material
constitutive model to address respectively the direction of plastic strain rate and
yielding of material. This results in violation of the normality hypothesis, but on the
other hand it adds considerable flexibility and strength to the model. The stability
94 Chapter 6, Fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme
issues have been extensively investigated by Stoughton and Yoon (2006, 2008) and
were briefly described at the end of the previous chapter.
Recall the definition of the yield criterion
( ) (6-1)
In case of the non-AFR Hill 1948 model, the yield function is identical to the S-
based Hill 1948 function. For the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model, it takes the
formulation (5-13) with directional yield stresses ( ) and
balanced biaxial yield stress ( for parameter optimization. The function only
serves as an elastic limit predictor.
As opposed to the normality rule for AFR, the plastic strain increment in a non-
associated flow rule is described by the normal to the plastic potential function
(6-2)
with the plastic strain rate direction given by
(6-3)
is the plastic multiplier factor to be determined by the loading-unloading criterion,
and the second order tensor
is the plastic flow direction. The plastic multiplier
factor, , is also called compliance factor, plasticity parameter or Lagrange
multiplier. The plastic flow direction,
, is determined by the continuously
differentiable plastic potential function which is the r-based Hill 1948 function or
the Yld2000-2d plastic potential function respectively for non-AFR Hill 1948 and
non-AFR Yld2000-2d. The plastic potential function of non-AFR Yld2000-2d
requires directional Lankford coefficients ( as well as the
balanced biaxial Lankford coefficient ( for parameter optimization.
Equivalent plastic strain and plastic strain tensor
are related using the principle
of plastic work equivalence
( )
(6-4)
Euler’s theorem for any first order homogenous function states
(
)
( ) (6-5)
95
This equation is regularly used in treatment of elastic-plastic formulations. For
instance, applying Eqn.(6-5) to the yield and plastic potential functions one obtains
(6-6a)
(6-6b)
where the second order tensor
is the normal to the yield surface (
!), i.e.
(6-7)
Substituting Eqn.(6-2) into Eqn. (6-4) and next applying Euler’s theorem Eqn. (6-6a)
( )
( )
( )
( ) (6-8)
This definition ( ) was used by Cvitanic et al (2008) for a model
including isotropic hardening. However, for linearization of the stress-update
algorithm in case of complex mixed hardenings this leads to a very laborious
numerical description in which the rate of change of effective plastic strain ( ) will
be a complex function of rate of change of the compliance factor ( ). An alternative,
assuming in Eqn.(6-8) can save computational cost and development effort
because Eqn.(6-8) in that case simplifies to
(6-9)
It must be noted that this simplification does not lead back to AFR. This is due to the
fact the simplification applies only to Eqn.(6-8) and that the normal to the plastic
potential function (and not to the yield function) is always considered for plastic strain
rate direction (Eqn. (6-3)). This assumption has been adopted by Stoughton (2002),
Stoughton and Yoon (2006; 2007; 2009) and Taherizadeh et al (2010). As will be
shown in Chapter 8, with specific care and by employing a scaling approach, the
simulation results such as cup profile and height, will be considerably close to
experimental values. Consequently, for sake of convenience and brevity of
description of the constitutive model only the simplified approach, Eqn.(6-9), is
presented in the remainder of this chapter. Both the simplified and the non-simplified
stress update schemes were implemented in user material subroutines and are
extensively compared in Chapter 8.
96 Chapter 6, Fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme
6.3.1 Kuhn-Tucker complementary criteria
The stress-update algorithm starts with evaluating whether the current stress state is in
the elastic or in the plastic domain. An elastic process implies that the stress state is
inside the yield surface and thus and . When the stress state of the
material is nested on the yield surface ( ), then besides the yield criterion a
complimentary postulate is required for determination of loading or unloading state of
the deformation process. The loading/unloading condition can be defined by the
Kuhn-Tucker complementary condition (Simo and Hughes, 1998)
and (6-10)
With additional plastic deformation (loading condition) the plastic compliance factor
will be non-zero and moreover the stress state of the material will remain on the
yield surface ( and ). On the other hand the stress state can still be on the
yield surface ( ) without plastic deformation occurring such that . In this
case that is called pure elastic or elastic unloading, the rate of change of yield stress
surface will be equal or less than zero, . The case where is referred to as
neutral loading. It’s worth noting that the above postulates only apply to work
hardening materials for which no strain localization happens (Yoon et al., 2007). One
can note that the consistency condition that simply restricts the stress state inside or
on the yield surface is already included in the Kuhn-Tucker criteria.
6.3.2 Elastic-plastic or continuum tangent modulus
Let us consider effective plastic strain and all back-stress tensors as internal variables
to generalize the development of a stress-update algorithm such that it is easily
adapted for different hardening models. To this end, the incremental change of
effective plastic strain and back-stress tensors in Zang’s hardening model can be
rewritten in a form such that
(6-11a)
(6-11b)
(6-11c)
with
(6-12a)
(6-12b)
(6-12c)
97
and
are respectively increments of equivalent plastic strain, first and
second terms of the two-term Chaboche kinematic hardening law and and
are their conjugate plastic moduli.
Imposing the consistency condition to the yield criterion in Eqn.(6-1) gives
(
) (6-13)
The above equation is derived from a Taylor’s truncated series with and
neglecting higher order terms. For further analysis, the additive decomposition of
strain increments into elastic and plastic components gives
(6-14)
where
and
are respectively rate of elastic, plastic and total strain.
Now, the Hookean elasticity relation for hypo-elastic materials is used to relate stress
to elastic strain at any moment of elastic-plastic deformation
(6-15)
where the symmetric fourth order tensor
describes the isotropic elasticity of the
material. Combination of strain incremental additive decomposition in Eqn.(6-14)
with the Hookean elasticity relation in Eqn.(6-15) simply relates stress increment to
plastic strain increment
(
) (6-16)
Substituting the incremental hardening Eqn.(6-11a) to Eqn.(6-11c) into the
consistency condition Eqn.(6-13) and using Hooke’s law Eqn.(6-16) and the non-
associated flow rule in Eqn.(6-2), after some manipulation finally yields
(6-17a)
(
)
(6-17b)
98 Chapter 6, Fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme
with
(6-18)
is the rate of the plastic compliance factor. The scalar denotes the tangent of the
isotropic hardening function with respect to equivalent plastic strain
(6-19)
The stress and strain increments are related by the elastic-plastic tangent modulus
(also called continuum tangent modulus). Early integration schemes (Hinton and
Owen, 1980) extensively relied on the use of the continuum tangent operator. This
operator,
, is obtained by using the incremental plastic multiplier from Eqn. (6-17)
and Eqn.(6-16), which after some manipulations yields
(
) (
)
(
)
(6-20)
For large time steps, the combination of continuum tangent operator and stiffness
matrix degrades the convergence rate. Therefore, in the remaining, the algorithmic or
consistent tangent operator is introduced which is consistent with a quadratic
convergence rate of the fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme.
6.4 Stress-update algorithm
6.4.1 Fully implicit backward Euler
The fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme for non-AFR with mixed
hardening including the two-term Chaboche kinematic hardening is defined as
(6-21a)
(6-21b)
(6-21c)
(6-21d)
(6-21e)
(
) (6-21f)
99
(
) (6-21g)
The plastic strain increment at the end of the time increment is
given by
(6-22)
and
(
) (6-23a)
(6-23b)
(6-23c)
with
(6-24a)
where
and
respectively denote the trial stress of the
elastic predicator step and the plastic corrector. During the elastic predicator step, it is
assumed that stress is purely elastic in a sense that the total strain increment
substitutes the elastic strain increment and stress lies on the yield surface or
which is the yield surface at the trial stress state as shown in Fig 6-1.
(6-25)
Subsequently during the plastic corrector or so-called relaxation step, the stress is
returned to the yield surface at time increment which is notated as (see
Fig 6-1). This is performed using the Newton-Raphson method based on linearization
of the set of equations Eqn.(6-21). Once the solution converged, the stress at the end
of the step is updated as
(6-26)
The initial guess has a considerable influence on the convergence of the iteration
scheme. Therefore, after the elastic predicator step, the stress is first returned to an
imaginary surface shown in Fig 6-1.
100 Chapter 6, Fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme
(6-27)
With
(
)
(6-28)
Then, the stress
is the initial guess for linearization based on Newton-Raphson
iteration.
Fig 6-1 Illustration of backward Euler return mapping scheme for one step.
It is worth noting that the convergence of the Newton-Raphson method inherently is
faded at large strains, and as mentioned above the initial guess has a considerable
influence on the convergence of the iteration scheme. The quadratic convergence rate
is achieved only if the approximation of the initial value is within the radius of
convergence. Therefore, to assure the convergence at larger strains, the multi-stage
return mapping method based on the incremental deformation theory proposed by
Yoon (1999) has been applied in the implementation of the return mapping algorithm.
Consequently, each step is divided into sub-steps. The yield criteria associated to
each of the sub-steps are
(
( )) ( )
(
( )) ( ) (6-29)
101
(
( )) (
)
(
( )) ( )
with
(6-30)
where
is the prescribed value at j-th sub-step and .
Using this sub-stepping algorithm, a new series of equations is made for any sub-
potential residual. This procedure is schematized in Fig 6-2. At the beginning of the j-
th sub-step the stress is driven to the auxiliary yield surface
.
(6-31a)
(6-31b)
(6-31c)
(6-31d)
with
being the initial guess stress to be sent to the integration scheme.
Fig 6-2 Schematic of backward Euler return mapping scheme using sub-stepping
technique.
6.4.2 Newton-Raphson iteration scheme
Linearization is done with respect to the effective plastic strain
assuming
the total strain is constant. Using Newton-Raphson for linearization of any equation
such as at the k-th iteration leads to
102 Chapter 6, Fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme
(
)
(6-32)
where
(6-33)
and being the iterative change in at k-th iteration. Note that each sub-step
denoted by includes a complete set of Newton-Raphson iterations. To apply the
linearization, the update expressions in Eqn.(6-21a) can be cast into the following
forms suitable for the Newton-Raphson iteration scheme.
(6-34a)
(6-34b)
(6-34c)
(6-34d)
(6-34e)
Linearization of the above and
gives
(6-35a)
(6-35b)
(6-35c)
(6-35d)
[ ]{ }
(6-35e)
Note that the complete definition of these equations with detailed interpretation is
provided in Appendix A. The system of equations in Eqn.(6-35) can be written in
matrix form
103
⌈ ⌉
{
}
{ } { } (6-36)
with
{ }
{
}
, { }
{
}
(6-37)
Therefore
{
}
⌈ ⌉{ } ⌈ ⌉{ } (6-38)
Substituting Eqn. (6-38) in Eqn. (6-35e) gives the incremental change of the
compliance factor
[ ]
[ ] (6-39)
At the end of the k-th iteration the parameters
,
and
are determined and their corresponding accumulated values are updated and sent for
the next iteration. The iteration continues until convergence to the updated yield
surface is obtained within an acceptably small tolerance. Subsequently, the
constitutive solutions are passed into the FE solver.
(6-40a)
(6-40b)
(6-40c)
104 Chapter 6, Fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme
(6-40d)
(6-40e)
(6-40f)
6.4.3 Algorithmic or consistent tangent modulus
The continuum or standard tangent operator relates the stress to total strain rates.
However, according to Belytschko (2000) the continuum tangent operator can
generate a spurious loading and unloading condition during the abrupt transition from
elastic to plastic state. In addition, the consistent (or algorithmic) tangent modulus is
required to preserve the quadratic rate of asymptotic convergence inherent to the
Newton-Raphson iteration nested in the fully implicit backward Euler algorithm
(Simo and Hughes, 1998). Analogously to the previous approach for finding the rate
variables at time step n+1, the consistent tangent modulus is obtained by linearization
of the constitutive equations to relate the stress increment to total strain increment at
the time t+1. By following the same approach as described in section 6.4.2 but
assuming the total strain as non-constant and residuals ({ }) as zero, after many
manipulations the closed form of consistent tangent modulus is obtained. It is worth
noting that the non-symmetric consistent tangent modulus converts to the standard
tangent operator by reducing the step size to zero. Furthermore, both consistent and
standard tangent moduli turn into elastic stiffness matrix when no plastic loading
occurs.
To calculate the consistent tangent modulus, we write the set of Eqns.(6-21) in rate
form so that
(
) (6-41a)
(6-41b)
(6-41c)
(6-41d)
(6-41e)
(6-41f)
Substituting Eqn. (6-41b) in Eqn. (6-41a) and solving for and we can write the
system of equations in matrix form
105
{
}
⌈ ⌉{ } ⌈ ⌉{ } (6-42)
where
{ } {
} (6-43)
Substituting Eqn.(6-42) into the incremental consistency condition Eqn.(6-41f) gives
[ ]
[ ] (6-44)
⌈ ⌉ ⌈ ⌉
⌈ ⌉
⌈ ⌉ ⌈ ⌉ ⌈ ⌉ (6-45)
Substituting Eqn. (6-45) into Eqn.(6-42)
{
} [ [ ]
[ ] ] {
} (6-46)
Finally, the consistent tangent modulus is obtained.
⌈ ⌉{ } [ ] ⌈ ⌉
[ ] ⌈ ⌉{ } (6-47)
It must be noted that the second order tensor
only affects the convergence rate
and not the accuracy. This convergence rate plays an important role in computation
time specifically when large time steps are used in FE simulation.
The final step is to calculate the through thickness elastic and plastic strain
components. For plane stress conditions (such as when shell elements are used), the
elastic and plastic strain components for the through thickness direction are explicitly
determined at the end of the converged step
(6-48a)
(6-48b)
with being Poisson’s ratio.
106 Chapter 6, Fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme
6.5 Summary
To introduce any new kind of constitutive model into FE code, a proper integration
scheme has to be chosen. There are various techniques among which the return
mapping method is favoured due to improved accuracy compared with forward Euler
method. Several integration schemes will be introduced in Chapter 9. However, in this
work the technique known as fully implicit backward Euler is adopted due to
significant accuracy, high convergence rate and applicability in Abaqus/Standard to
avoid dynamic response of material which is critical for unloading applications. This
approach encompasses a linearization scheme based on Newton-Raphson iteration
which brings the quadratic convergence rate. Using this approach requires the
development of a consistent tangent modulus to preserve the quadratic convergence of
Newton-Raphson iteration. The fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme
described in this chapter was implemented into a user material subroutine for the
commercial FE code Abaqus. In the next chapter, these developments will be
evaluated based on prediction of directional yield stresses and Lankford coefficients
and various results of cup drawing simulations.
107
Bibliography
Belytschko, T., Liu, W.K., Moran, B., 2000. Nonlinear finite elements for
continua and structures. John Wiley, Chichester ISBN 0471987735
Cvitanic, V., Vlak, F., Lozina, Z., 2008. A finite element formulation based on
non-associated plasticity for sheet metal forming. International Journal of
Plasticity 24, 646-687.
Hinton, E., Owen, D.R.J., 1980. Finite Elements in Plasticity: Theory and
Practice. Pineridge Press, Swansea, Wales.
Ortiz, M., Simo, J.C., 1986. An Analysis of a New Class of Integration
Algorithms for Elastoplastic Constitutive Relations. International Journal for
Numerical Methods in Engineering 23, 353-366.
Simo, J.C., Taylor, R.L., 1986. A Return Mapping Algorithm for Plane-Stress
Elastoplasticity. International Journal for Numerical Methods in Engineering 22,
649-670.
Simo, J.C., Hughes, T.J.R., 1998. Computational inelasticity, Interdisciplinary
applied mathematics. Springer, New York ISBN 0387975209
Stoughton, T.B., 2002. A non-associated flow rule for sheet metal forming.
International Journal of Plasticity 18, 687-714.
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2006. Review of Drucker’s postulate and the issue
of plastic stability in metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 22, 391-
433.
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2008. On the existence of indeterminate solutions
to the equations of motion under non-associated flow. International Journal of
Plasticity 24, 583-613.
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2009. Anisotropic hardening and non-associated
flow in proportional loading of sheet metals. International Journal of Plasticity
25, 1777-1817.
Taherizadeh, A., Green, D.E., Ghaei, A., Yoon, J.W., 2010. A non-associated
constitutive model with mixed iso-kinematic hardening for finite element
simulation of sheet metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 26, 288 -
309.
Wilkins, M.L., 1963. Calculation of elastic-plastic flow, Other Information:
Orig. Receipt Date: 31-DEC-64, p. Medium: X; Size: Pages: 63.
Yoon, J.W., Yang, D.Y., Chung, K., 1999. Elasto-plastic finite element method
based on incremental deformation theory and continuum based shell elements for
planar anisotropic sheet materials. Comput Method Appl M 174, 23-56.
Yoon, J.W., Stoughton, T.B., Dick, R.E., 2007. Earing prediction in cup drawing
based on non-associated flow rule, in: CeasarDeSa, J.M.A., Santos, A.D. (Eds.),
NUMIFORM '07: Materials Processing and Design: Modeling, Simulation and
Applications, Pts I and II. Amer Inst Physics, Melville, pp. 685-690.
108 Chapter 6, Fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme
Zang, S.L., Guo, C., Thuillier, S., Lee, M.G., 2011. A model of one-surface
cyclic plasticity and its application to springback prediction. International
Journal of Mechanical Sciences 53, 425-435.
Chapter 7
7 Validation and evaluation of
the UMAT implementation of
anisotropic yield models
110 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
7.1 Introduction
In the previous chapter, the stress-update scheme based on fully implicit backward
Euler method for non-AFR based yield models and mixed hardening was described.
This algorithm has been implemented in the commercial FE code Abaqus/Standard by
means of a user material subroutine (UMAT). This chapter is devoted to the
verification, application and evaluation of these implementations.
In Section 7.2, the systematic validation of the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model with
mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening is presented. This validation is performed in
terms of anisotropy and hardening predictions. The corresponding FE simulation
results are compared with an explicit program to ensure sound development of the
code. In Section 7.3, various implemented AFR and non-AFR based models are
compared and results in terms of yield stresses and Lankford coefficients are
provided. Finally, in Section 7.4, cup drawing simulation results are presented.
7.2 Validation of the developed UMAT subroutine
Validation of the developed UMAT subroutine in terms of hardening for uniaxial,
cyclic and shear loading conditions was carried out by comparison with numerical
data obtained by explicit programming. Explicit programming was performed in the
symbolic manipulation software package Mathematica® and is based on a simple
forward Euler approach with increments of equivalent plastic strain equal to 10E-6.
The explicit program was developed to generate the cyclic hardening behaviour of the
aluminium alloy AA5754-O. This alloy is being used in automobile structural
members and shows considerable stress shift (permanent softening) upon cyclic
loading. However, its mechanical behaviour in terms of both normalized yield stresses
(normalized with respect to the rolling direction yield stress) and Lankford
coefficients at different orientations shows a negligible level of anisotropy. The planar
anisotropy of this alloy was experimentally determined as 0.065. Consequently, the
aluminum alloy AA5754-O was chosen to verify the accuracy of the developed
subroutine in terms of cyclic hardening. Various hardening models (isotropic,
kinematic and Zang’s mixed hardening models) were programmed into the UMAT for
FE simulation. However, for purpose of validation of the UMAT, only the mixed
isotropic-kinematic hardening model of Zang (2011) is considered. This hardening
model is compared with isotropic and kinematic hardening models in Section 7.3.1. It
is worth noting that the UMAT contains all of the mentioned hardening models.
To verify the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model with mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening
in terms of anisotropy, the highly textured AA2090-T3 aluminium alloy was selected.
This material exhibits severe anisotropic behaviour. For instance it has a planar
anisotropy equal to -1.125. Besides, cup drawing experiments revealed that this
material develops 6 ears (Chung et al., 1996; Yoon et al., 2000). It is at this point
worth mentioning that the majority of the classical anisotropic yield functions cannot
111
predict more than 4 ears; the polynomial yield function proposed by Gotoh (1977) is
one of the exceptions. In addition to the AA2090-T3 alloy, a fictitious material (FM8)
introduced by Yoon et al. (2006) is considered for evaluation of the non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model. This material exhibits a considerable anisotropic behaviour in a
sense that two maxima are observed in the Lankford coefficients between rolling
direction and transverse direction.
In Fig 7-1, the directional yield stresses and Lankford coefficients for the materials
mentioned above are presented.
An optimization code was developed in Mathematica® to perform the model
parameter identification based on an inverse approach. The optimization procedure is
described in detail in Appendix B.
Fig 7-1 Comparison of directional Lankford coefficients (left) and normalized yield
stresses (right) for aluminium alloys AA2090-T3 and AA5754-O and for fictitious
material FM8.
7.2.1 Model validation in terms of hardening
Fig 7-2 depicts the single element FE tension test at degrees orientation with regard
to the rolling direction. Applying a compressive load in the uniaxial direction
provides tension-compression (T/C) loading to simulate a cyclic hardening curve.
This section discusses numerical T/C tests for aluminium alloy AA5754-O in the
rolling direction only. Other orientations will be considered in the next section for
evaluation of anisotropy using other materials. It must be noted that all hardening
models considered for AA5754-O are combined with the non-AFR Hill 1948 yield
model. The experimental directional yield stress ratios and Lankford coefficients are
adopted from Lee et al. (2007) and are respectively presented in Table 7-1 and Table
7-2. The parameters of the non-AFR Hill 1948 yield and plastic potential functions
are presented in Table 7-3. Isotropic elasticity is assumed for all studied materials
with Young’s modulus =70GPa and Poisson’s ratio =0.33.
112 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
Fig 7-2 Schematic illustration of a single element tensile test with material orientation
along degrees with regard to rolling direction.
Table 7-1 Experimental/Input normalized yield stresses
0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° b
AA2090-T3 (Exp.) 1.000 0.961 0.910 0.811 0.810 0.882 0.910 1.035
AA5754-O (Exp.) 1.000 - - 0.923 - - 0.938 0.996
FM 8 (Input) 1.000 1.020 1.045 1.050 1.045 1.020 1.000 1.000
Table 7-2 Experimental/Input r-value coefficients
0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° b
AA2090-T3 (Exp.) 0.212 0.327 0.692 1.577 1.039 0.538 0.692 0.670
AA5754-O (Exp.) 0.760 - - 0.710 - - 0.790 -
FM8 (Input) 0.600 1.000 0.750 0.300 0.750 1.000 0.600 1.000
Table 7-3 Non-AFR Hill 1948 model parameters
AA2090-T3 0.175 2.238 0.427 0.637 2.571 1.207
AA5754-O 0.432 1.349 0.978 0.556 1.576 0.975
FM8 0.375 1.000 1.000 0.500 1.314 1.000
In Zang’s (2011) mixed hardening model the isotropic hardening function is described
in the following form
( ) ( )
⁄ (
) (7-1)
The kinematic hardening component of Zang’s model consists of a two-term
Chaboche model in which the first term is a non-linear Armstrong and Frederick
model and the second term is Ziegler’s linear kinematic hardening.
(7-2a)
(7-2b)
22
11
xx (RD)
yy (TD)
ll0
113
(7-2c)
where , , are material parameters. Table 7-4 provides the hardening parameters
for the aluminium alloy AA5754-O.
Fig 7-3 shows the results of the numerical T/C test with compression starting at 0.078
pre-strain in tension for both the implicit UMAT subroutine and the explicit
Mathematica® program. The total back-stress and isotropic hardening components as
well as the total true stress of Zang’s hardening law are also plotted in Fig 7-3. The
excellent agreement between the curves obtained by UMAT and Mathematica® is
evident. This guarantees that the developed UMAT accurately represents the
implemented hardening model.
Table 7-4 Hardening parameters
AA5754-O AA2090-T3
& FM8
Parameter Unit Isotropic
(Swift)
Kinematic
(two-term Chaboche)
Mixed
hardening
(Zang)
Isotropic
(Swift)
σ0 MPa 94.8 94.8 94.8 279.6
k MPa 452.6 - - 646
n - 0.34 - - 0.227
ε0p - 0.01 -
0.025
Q MPa - - 126.4 -
b - - - 16.1 -
c1 MPa - 1997.3 4665.3 -
γ - - 23 212 -
c2 MPa - 409.6 204.8 -
As an additional verification, the isotropic hardening of aluminium alloy AA2090-T3
predicted by the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model (UMAT) is compared with the
analytical Swift curve. The experimental directional yield stress ratios and Lankford
coefficients are respectively provided in Table 7-1 and Table 7-2. The parameters of
the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model are presented in Table 7-5.
Table 7-5 AFR and non-AFR Yld2000-2d model parameters
m AA2090-T3
Potential ( ) -0.856 1.154 -0.293 0.326 0.683 0.482 0.752 1.024 8
Yield ( ) -0.713 2.037 1.629 0.69 0.552 -1.057 1.255 -1.263 8
AFR 0.488 1.377 0.754 1.025 1.036 0.904 1.231 1.485 8
FM8
Potential ( ) 2.946 -2.946 0.399 1.421 -1.421 -0.399 1.213 -1.822 8
Yield ( ) 0.814 1.002 2.129 0.571 -0.34 1.224 0.975 -1.123 8
AFR 0.958 0.958 0.968 1.016 1.016 0.968 0.863 1.012 8
114 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
Fig 7-3 Tension-compression results for aluminium alloy AA5754-O obtained from
UMAT and Mathematica® code.
Recall from Eqn.(3-3) that Swift isotropic hardening law is defined by
(
) (7-3a)
(
)
(7-3b)
and are material parameters. These parameters are presented in Table 7-4. In
Fig 7-4, the results obtained with both UMAT and Eqn.(7-3) are compared. Again,
excellent accuracy of the implemented material subroutine is proven by exact fit to
the analytical hardening curve.
Fig 7-4 Uniaxial hardening curve for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 in rolling direction
as predicted by UMAT and theoretical Swift law.
Considering the validation of a developed constitutive model implemented by a user
material subroutine into FE code, it is highly recommended to evaluate the hardening
115
curve under more complex loading conditions such as simple shear test (Dunne and
Petrinic, 2005). The smooth simulated stress against plastic strain adds to the degree
of reliability of the model even if no experimental result is available for such complex
loading condition. This statement is only valid when the model has proven its
accuracy under proportional loading conditions such as those presented earlier for
AA2090-T3 and AA5754-O. To this end, we performed a numerical simple shear test
on a single element model for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 based on the non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model. The single element test is schematically illustrated in Fig 7-5. In
Fig 7-6 the results of this single element shear test are presented. In the same plot, the
denotes the engineering plastic shear strain. The smooth predicted stress
components are apparent in that plot and add to the reliability of the model. Note that
the simulation of these curves includes the effects of anisotropy.
Fig 7-5 Schematic illustration of a single element simple shear test with material
orientation along RD.
Fig 7-6 Normal and shear stress components versus plastic shear strain for numerical
simple shear test on aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 at RD predicted by UMAT.
Simple shearPure shear
xx (RD)
yy (TD)
xx
yy
U1
Initial state
b
Deformed state
yy (TD)
xx (RD)
tan()=U1/b
xy
xx
yy
U1Initial state
b
Deformed state
tan()=U1/b
xy
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5-300
-225
-150
-75
0
75
150
225
300
p
Shear
str
ess (
MP
a)
xx
yy
xy
shear at 0° U1=0.5 mmAA2090-T3
116 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
Considering the shear test, the normalized shear stress at yielding is analytically
derived by . This value is obtained through (i.e. see Appendix B)
( ) (7-4)
On the other hand, the results of the virtual single element shear test (Fig 7-6)
obtained by finite element simulation using UMAT gives .
Considering pure shear test i.e. (Barlat et al., 2003), both UMAT
and an inverse approach in Mathematica® determine the initial yielding at
.
The next section provides the results of verification in terms of anisotropy.
7.2.2 Model validation in terms of anisotropy
The directional normalized yield stresses and Lankford coefficients predicted by FE
simulation and analytical approach for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 are presented in
Fig 7-7 and Fig 7-8 respectively. The FE simulation results are based on the non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model and Swift isotropic hardening law. The analytical results are
obtained by Mathematica®. The experimental normalized yield stresses and Lankford
coefficients (r-values) at different orientations for this alloy are presented respectively
in Table 7-1 and Table 7-2. These mechanical properties are reported in Chung et al.
(1996) and Yoon et al. (2000). The experimentally obtained values for
and were used for optimization of the AFR based
Yld2000-2d model parameters.
Fig 7-7 Distribution of normalized tensile yield stresses for aluminium alloy AA2090-
T3.
The experimental values for and
respectively were used to optimize the model
117
parameters of Yld2000-2d plastic potential and yield functions. The optimized
parameters of the yield and plastic potential functions are available in Table 7-5.
Fig 7-8 Distribution of Lankford coefficients for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3.
Comparison of predicted normalized yield stresses and Lankford coefficients is
presented in Fig 7-7 and Fig 7-8 respectively. The excellent fit between FE simulation
and analytical approach verifies the finite element result denoting the soundness of
the developed non-AFR based UMAT. Originally, this subroutine has been developed
for the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model (and non-AFR Hill 1984 model) with Zang’s
mixed hardening. However, this model can simply switch to any combination of AFR,
pure isotropic hardening (Swift, Voce or combined Swift-Voce) and two-term
Chaboche kinematic hardening by simple user inputs.
7.3 Evaluation of various AFR and non-AFR models
In Section 7.2, the validity of the finite element model was shown. This section
mainly aims to compare the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model, the non-AFR Hill 1948
model and their AFR counterparts. But, first, the non-AFR Hill 1948 model combined
with various hardening laws is studied.
7.3.1 Comparison of various hardening models
For the aluminium alloy AA5454-O, experimental tension/compression results at
rolling direction and different amounts of pre-strain (0.025, 0.050 and 0.078) are
available from Lee et al. (2005). These test conditions were simulated using different
hardening models: a) isotropic hardening according to Swift, b) two-term kinematic
hardening of classical Chaboche and c) Zang’s model for mixed isotropic-kinematic
hardening. The isotropic and mixed hardening laws have been described earlier in
Section 7.2.1. Material parameters of the implemented hardening laws are available in
Table 7-4. Furthermore, all simulations are based on the non-AFR Hill 1948 model.
118 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
Fig 7-9 Comparison of experimental and simulated tension/compression hardening
curves at different pre-strains for aluminium alloy AA5754-O.
Predicted and experimental tension/compression curves are plotted in Fig 7-9. It is
seen that the kinematic and isotropic hardening laws result respectively in an under-
and overestimation of the stress upon load reversal. The stress overestimation by
using isotropic hardening is simply due to missing the Bauschinger effect. As seen in
the same plot, both under- and overestimation are increased at higher pre-strains. It is
also noticed that the permanent softening effect is more pronounced at higher pre-
strains. As opposed to the isotropic and kinematic hardening definitions, application
of Zang’s mixed hardening model leads to simulated stress versus plastic strain curves
that are very close to the experimental ones. The effect of various hardening models
on cup drawing simulations of aluminium alloy AA5754-O will be presented in
Section 7.4.
7.3.2 Comparison of various anisotropic yield models
Predictive capabilities of various anisotropic yield functions in terms of directional
normalized yield stresses and Lankford coefficients are compared in this section. The
aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 and the fictitious material FM8 represent the selected
anisotropic materials. The experimental/input normalized yield stresses and Lankford
coefficients are available respectively in Table 7-1 and Table 7-2. Both associated and
non-associated versions of Hill 1948 and Yld2000-2d models were chosen as
anisotropic yield functions. The parameters of AFR and non-AFR Hill 1948 models
can be found in Table 7-3. In Table 7-5 parameters of plastic potential and yield
functions of the Yld2000-2d model are presented. The obtained simulation results are
also compared with simulations based on the Yld2004-18p anisotropic yield function
with 18 material parameters, reported in recent work of Yoon et al. (2006).
Simulated normalized yield stresses for AA2090-T3 and FM8 respectively are plotted
in Fig 7-10 and Fig 7-11. The predicted values from all developed models are
119
presented in Table 7-6. It is observed that the anisotropic predictive capability in
terms of normalized yield stress obtained by the yield function of Yld2000-2d (non-
AFR Yld2000-2d) is dominant over other models including Yld2004-18p. Moreover,
non-AFR Hill 1948 and AFR Yld-2000-2d are only accurate at 0°, 45° and 90°. In the
same figures, a weak prediction of normalized yield stresses by non-AFR Hill 1948
potential function is observed.
Fig 7-10 Distribution of normalized tensile yield stress for aluminium alloy AA2090-
T3.
Fig 7-11 Distribution of normalized tensile yield stress for fictitious material FM8.
120 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
Table 7-6 Simulated normalized yield stresses
0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° b
AA2090-T3
Experimental 1.000 0.961 0.910 0.811 0.810 0.882 0.910 1.035 Potential Yld2000-2d ( ) 1.451 1.449 1.380 1.281 1.379 1.711 1.955 1.546 Yield Yld2000-2d ( ) 1.000 0.960 0.910 0.811 0.810 0.881 0.910 1.035 AFR Yld2000-2d 1.000 0.957 0.867 0.811 0.821 0.876 0.910 1.035 Potential Hill's 1948 ( ) 1.000 0.941 0.857 0.849 0.964 1.256 1.531 0.963 Yield Hill's 1948 ( ) 1.000 0.946 0.856 0.811 0.826 0.878 0.910 1.035
FM8
Input 1.000 1.020 1.045 1.050 1.045 1.020 1.000 1.000 Potential Yld2000-2d ( ) 0.618 0.615 0.661 0.691 0.661 0.615 0.618 0.554 Yield Yld2000-2d ( ) 1.000 1.020 1.045 1.050 1.045 1.020 1.000 1.000 AFR Yld2000-2d 1.000 1.012 1.037 1.050 1.037 1.012 1.000 1.000 Potential Hill's 1948 ( ) 1.000 1.024 1.079 1.109 1.079 1.024 1.000 0.894 Yield Hill's 1948 ( ) 1.000 1.012 1.037 1.050 1.037 1.012 1.000 1.000
Fig 7-12 Distribution of Lankford coefficient for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3.
In Fig 7-12 and Fig 7-13, the simulated directional Lankford coefficients of
respectively AA2090-T3 and FM8 are presented. The predicted values from all
developed models are presented in Table 7-7. Similarly to the observations made for
the normalized yield stress predictions, it is evident that the plastic potential function
of non-AFR Yld2000-2d generates the highest accuracy of prediction compared with
all other studied models. For instance, in Fig 7-12 for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3, it
is observed that the peak and trough (local minimum) respectively at 45° and 75°
orientations are accurately predicted by the Yld2004-18p and non-AFR Yld2000-2d
models. As will be shown in the next section, accurate prediction of these peak and
trough results in an accurate prediction of the number and height of the ears in a deep
121
drawn cup. It is also observed from Fig 7-13 that the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model
excellently predicts the input Lankford coefficients of the challenging fictitious
material FM8.
Fig 7-13 Distribution of Lankford coefficient for fictitious material FM8.
Table 7-7 Simulated Lankford coefficients
0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° b AA2090-T3
Experimental 0.212 0.327 0.692 1.577 1.039 0.538 0.692 0.670 Potential Yld2000-2d ( ) 0.232 0.286 0.771 1.539 1.142 0.539 0.680 0.677 Yield Yld2000-2d ( ) -0.713 2.037 1.629 0.689 0.552 -1.057 1.255 -1.263 AFR Yld2000-2d 0.211 0.406 1.063 1.577 1.348 0.888 0.692 0.670 Potential Hill's 1948 ( ) 0.212 0.436 0.998 1.577 1.722 1.182 0.692 0.306 Yield Hill's 1948 ( ) 1.753 1.964 2.285 2.254 1.829 1.331 1.117 1.570
FM8
Input 0.600 1.000 0.750 0.300 0.750 1.000 0.600 1.000 Potential Yld2000-2d ( ) 0.600 1.000 0.750 0.300 0.750 1.000 0.600 1.000 Yield Yld2000-2d ( ) 0.505 0.493 0.864 1.911 2.981 4.503 6.060 0.051 AFR Yld2000-2d 0.600 0.515 0.364 0.300 0.365 0.514 0.600 1.000 Potential Hill's 1948 ( ) 0.600 0.525 0.375 0.300 0.375 0.525 0.600 1.000 Yield Hill's 1948 ( ) 1.000 0.953 0.860 0.814 0.860 0.953 1.000 1.000
A thorough comparison of AFR Yld2000-2d and non-AFR Hill 1948 models based on
all results provided in Fig 7-10 to Fig 7-13, Table 7-6 and Table 7-7 leads to the
following three conclusions. Firstly, both AFR Yld2000-2d and non-AFR Hill 1948
models generate accurate and similar results for 0°, 45° and 90° orientations.
122 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
Secondly, considering the results for other in-plane orientations, the AFR Yld2000-2d
model generates a higher accuracy. And third, as opposed to the non-AFR Hill 1948
model, the AFR Yld2000-2d model provides better results for the balanced biaxial
stress state.
7.3.3 Spatial representation
Two-dimensional representations of various yield and plastic potential functions are
presented in Fig 7-14 and Fig 7-15 respectively for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 and
fictitious material FM8. These functions include von Mises, Hill 1948 yield and
plastic potential functions, Yld2000-2d yield and plastic potential functions. The
black dots in the yield function representations denote the experimental/input values.
To provide a more complete image, 2D representations including the shear stress
component are also presented. Moreover, the three dimensional representations of
AFR Yld2000-2d and non-AFR Yld2000-2d model components (plastic potential and
yield functions) for AA2090-T3 and FM8 are shown in Fig 7-16 and Fig 7-17
respectively. From these plots, it can be concluded that a reasonable degree of
complexity can be modeled by the non-AFR formulation as compared to the AFR
models.
123
Fig 7-14 Two-dimensional representation of various yield and plastic potential
functions for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3.
124 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
Fig 7-15 Two-dimensional representation of various yield and plastic potential
functions for fictitious material FM8.
125
Fig 7-16 Three-dimensional representation of AFR and non-AFR Yld2000-2d models
(plastic potential and yield function) for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3. Small dots
denote experimental yield points at seven uniaxial directions and balanced biaxial
stress state.
126 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
Fig 7-17 Three-dimensional representation of AFR and non-AFR Yld2000-2d models
(plastic potential and yield function) for fictitious material FM8. Small dots denote
input yield points at seven uniaxial directions and balanced biaxial stress state.
127
7.3.4 In-plane flow direction
According to the non-associated flow rule concept, the outward normal to the plastic
potential function determines the plastic strain rate direction and consequently the
corresponding Lankford coefficient. The outward normal direction to the yield
function (in case of an AFR model) or plastic potential function (considering a non-
AFR variant) is schematized in Fig 7-18. At an in-plane loading direction of
degrees with respect to the rolling direction, the plastic strain rate direction makes an
angle with the rolling direction. The variation of as function of for aluminium
alloy AA2090-T3 and fictitious material FM8 is shown in Fig 7-19 and Fig 7-20
respectively.
It is noted that, in general, the classical models of von Mises and Hill 1948 present a
simple variation of plastic strain rate direction. For both materials the Yld2000-2d
yield and plastic potential functions can predict a more detailed variation.
Fig 7-18 Schematic illustration of plastic strain rate direction (
) at an in-plane
loading direction of degrees with respect to the rolling direction.
128 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
Fig 7-19 Evolution of plastic strain rate orientation as function of loading direction
obtained by various yield and plastic potential functions for aluminium alloy
AA2090-T3.
Fig 7-20 Evolution of plastic strain rate orientation as function of loading direction
obtained by various yield and plastic potential functions for fictitious material FM8.
7.4 Cup drawing simulations
The results of cup drawing simulations for aluminium alloys AA2090-T3 and
AA5754-O are presented in this part. For alloy AA2090-T3, different anisotropic
models (AFR and non-AFR versions of Hill 1948 and Yld2000-2d) were studied and
results were compared with experimentally determined cup profiles. Regarding the
alloy AA5754-O, the cup drawing simulations are solely based on the non-AFR Hill
1948 model combined with different hardening models. No experimental cup drawing
result are available for this alloy. However, as we will see later, the simulation data
are interesting in a sense that the under- and overestimation of springback due to the
use of kinematic and isotropic hardening in simulations of U-bend tests (Lee et al.,
2007) is reflected as under- and overestimation of the simulated cup profile.
129
The cup drawing process is schematized in Fig 7-21 and the tool dimensions are given
in Table 7-8. A sheet thickness of 1.6 mm was assigned to the specimens in all
simulations. In the light of material orthotropy, only one quarter of the sheet was
modeled. The blanks of aluminium alloys AA5754-O and AA2090-T3 are modeled
using respectively 2147 and 3800 first order reduced integration quadrilateral shell
elements with respectively 10 and 15 Gauss integration points. The initial meshes are
shown in Fig 7-22. The difference in number of elements was due to using two
different computational sources for the simulations.
A blank holder force of 5.5kN for the quarter model (corresponding to approximately
1% of the initial yield stress in rolling direction) was implemented. This force was
found to be high enough to avoid wrinkling in the rim area. Coulomb friction with a
friction coefficient equal to 0.1 was assumed.
Typical simulation results are shown in Fig 7-23 which shows the evolution stresses
during four different stages of the cup drawing process.
Fig 7-21 Tool and blank geometries for cylindrical cup drawing.
Table 7-8 Tool dimensions (in mm)
Dp Dd Db rp rd g t
97.46 101.48 158.76 12.7 12.7 2.7 1.6
130 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
Fig 7-22 Initial mesh for aluminium alloys AA2090-T3 (left) and AA5754-O (right).
Fig 7-23 Simulation of cup deep drawing process for aluminium alloyAA2090-T3
using the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model. The legend denotes the equivalent stress.
Three hardening definitions were evaluated based on cup height prediction of
aluminum alloy AA5754-O. As before, the hardening definitions are a) isotropic
hardening according to Swift b) two-term kinematic hardening of classical Chaboche
and c) Zang’s mixed isotropic-kinematic model. The cup height predictions using the
non-AFR Hill 1948 model are plotted in Fig 7-24 for a quarter model. From this
figure, the over- and under-estimation of the flow curve respectively obtained by
isotropic and kinematic hardening as was observed in Fig 7-9 is also reflected in the
cup profile. Due to a more realistic prediction of tension/compression behaviour,
Zang’s mixed hardening definition avoids these under- and overestimations.
Interestingly, the same trend has been observed for the U-bend springback test for an
identical material using isotropic, kinematic and an accurate two-surface hardening
model (Lee et al., 2007).
131
Fig 7-24 Cup height prediction for aluminium alloy AA5754-O using non-AFR Hill
1948 model and three hardening definitions.
Fig 7-25 shows simulated and experimental cup height profiles of aluminium alloy
AA2090-T3 using AFR and non-AFR versions of Hill 1948 model considering Swift
isotropic hardening law. The experimental cup profile exhibits four big ears located
at 45°, 135°, 225° and 315° orientations and one small ear at 180°. However, none of
the presented variations of Hill 1948 is able to predict more than four ears. That is due
to the insufficient number of material parameters. The predicted troughs (local
minima) for all three Hill 1948 models are weak except for S-based Hill 1948. On the
other hand, respectively Hill’s non-AFR based and R-based models predict a cup
height closest to the experimental ones.
In Fig 7-26, cup height profiles predicted by AFR and non-AFR versions of the
Yld2000-2d model are presented. For sake of comparison, the non-AFR Hill 1948
model is also plotted in this figure. Among these models, only the non-AFR Yld2000-
2d model predicts the small ear at 180° in addition to the big ears and therefore
presents the correct number of ears in accordance with experimental results. The
predicted height of the large peaks slightly improves for the non-AFR Yld2000-2d
model as compared with the non-AFR Hill 1948 model. Similar to the S-based Hill
1948 model in Fig 7-25, the AFR Yld2000-2d model underestimates the cup height at
the main 4 peaks. However, the same model predicts the troughs closer to the
experimental ones when compared with R-based Hill 1948 and non-AFR Yld2000-2d
models. Fig 7-27 illustrates the predicted final cup shape, von Mises stresses and
effective plastic strains for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 using the non-AFR Hill 1948
model and AFR and non-AFR versions of Yld2000-2d model.
132 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
Fig 7-25 Cup height prediction for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 using AFR and non-
AFR Hill 1948 models.
Fig 7-26 Cup height prediction for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 using AFR and non-
AFR Yld2000-2d and non-AFR Hill 1948 models.
133
Fig 7-27 Final cup shape and distribution of von Mises stress (left) and effective
plastic strain (right). From top to bottom respectively, non-AFR Hill 1948 model,
AFR Yld2000-2d model and non-AFR Yld2000-2d model.
134 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
7.5 Summary
In this chapter, first the verification of the developed subroutine and implemented
models was presented. This is an indispensable step prior to applying them for larger
simulations. The methodology encompasses verification of the model in both
hardening and anisotropy predictions. Next, a comparison was made of simulation
results using AFR and non-AFR versions of the quadratic Hill 1948 model and of the
Yld2000-2d model in terms of one-dimensional normalized yield stresses and
Lankford coefficients. It was shown that excellent results are achieved using the non-
AFR 2000-2d model. It was also shown that a same order of accuracy as obtained by
the 18 parameter model Yld2004-18p can be achieved by the non-AFR Yld2000-2d
model.
In the last part, results of cup drawing simulations for aluminium alloys AA5754-O
and AA2090-T3 were presented. Cup drawing simulations for alloy AA5754-O using
isotropic, kinematic and mixed hardening definitions show that the over- and
underestimation of the hardening curve generated by isotropic and kinematic
hardening respectively, is directly observed in the predicted cup height. For
aluminium alloy AA2090-T3, the predicted cup height for isotropic hardening and
using the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model shows considerable improvement compared
with the AFR Yld2000-2d model as well as other presented models. It was shown that
only the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model can predict the exact number of 6 ears as
observed in experimental results. However, a slight improvement compared to the
AFR Hill 1948 model was observed by using its non-AFR counterpart. It is worth
noting that the simulation of cup heights can be further improved by choosing optimal
coefficient of friction and blank holder force.
135
Bibliography
Barlat, F., Brem, J.C., Yoon, J.W., Chung, K., Dick, R.E., Lege, D.J.,
Pourgoghrat, F., Choi, S.H., Chu, E., 2003. Plane stress yield function for
aluminum alloy sheets - part 1: theory. International Journal of Plasticity 19,
1297-1319.
Chung, K., Lee, S.Y., Barlat, F., Keum, Y.T., Park, J.M., 1996. Finite element
simulation of sheet forming based on a planar anisotropic strain-rate potential.
International Journal of Plasticity 12, 93-115.
Dunne, F., Petrinic, N., 2005. Introduction to computational plasticity. Oxford
University Press, Oxford ; New York; ISBN 0198568266.
Gotoh, M., 1977. A theory of plastic anisotropy based on a yield function of
fourth order (plane stress state)—I. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences
19, 505-512.
Lee, M.-G., Kim, D., Kim, C., Wenner, M.L., Wagoner, R.H., Chung, K., 2005.
Spring-back evaluation of automotive sheets based on isotropic-kinematic
hardening laws and non-quadratic anisotropic yield functions: Part II:
characterization of material properties. International Journal of Plasticity 21,
883-914.
Lee, M.G., Kim, D., Kim, C., Wenner, M.L., Wagoner, R.H., Chung, K.S., 2007.
A practical two-surface plasticity model and its application to spring-back
prediction. International Journal of Plasticity 23, 1189-1212.
Yoon, J.W., Barlat, F., Chung, K., Pourboghrat, F., Yang, D.Y., 2000. Earing
predictions based on asymmetric nonquadratic yield function. International
Journal of Plasticity 16, 1075-1104.
Yoon, J.W., Barlat, F., Dick, R.E., Karabin, M.E., 2006. Prediction of six or
eight ears in a drawn cup based on a new anisotropic yield function.
International Journal of Plasticity 22, 174-193.
Zang, S.L., Guo, C., Thuillier, S., Lee, M.G., 2011. A model of one-surface
cyclic plasticity and its application to springback prediction. International
Journal of Mechanical Sciences 53, 425-435.
136 Chapter 7, Validation and evaluation of the UMAT implementation
Chapter 8
8 Simplification of the numerical
implementation of the non-
AFR model
138 Chapter 8. Simplification of the numerical implementation of the non-AFR
8.1 Introduction
As opposed to an associated flow rule (AFR) approach, independency of plastic
potential and yield functions is adopted in a non-AFR approach. This inherent
characteristic of a non-AFR model imposes a specific constraint (but not equality)
between equivalent plastic strain and plastic compliance factor. Unavoidably, this
leads to a laborious effort for FE implementation of constitutive models when a high
number of internal variables (such as kinematic hardening or damage parameters) is
involved. Consequently, this chapter is devoted to studying the conditions at which a
non-AFR model can be simplified to provide convenience of the numerical
implementation scheme without significant loss of accuracy.
Section 8.2 discusses the discretization of rate elasto-plasticity equations in which the
presence of kinematic hardening is not considered. In section 8.3, a simpler
implementation of non-AFR is described. In this approach a scaling method (further
referred to as scaled simplified) is proposed that guarantees the equality of equivalent
and longitudinal plastic strain in the rolling direction. Even more, the proposed
approach results in a minimal discrepancy for other orientations when compared with
the full method.
All presented approaches were implemented into commercial FE code Abaqus using
user material subroutines based on fully implicit backward Euler method. Section 8.4
provides the error analysis of directional hardening predicted by different non-AFR
approaches including the proposed scaled simplified and the full approaches. It must
be noted that the main difference between the different approaches is found in the
relation of equivalent plastic strain and compliance factor. Finally in section 8.5, the
different approaches are compared based on the cup drawing simulation of highly
textured aluminum alloy AA2090-T3.
8.2 Discretization of rate elasto-plasticity equations
Application of the so-called scaled simplified non-AFR model rather than the full
expression (non-simplified) is motivated in this section. The aim is to alleviate the
laborious task of a fully implicit backward Euler stress update algorithm with the
lowest possible error. But, let us be reminded of the prerequisite formulations. The
non-AFR model accounts for a relation between plastic strain increments (
and a
plastic potential function based on the following relation
(8-1)
where
(8-2)
139
is the plastic multiplier factor and the second order tensor
is the plastic flow
direction. In other words,
denotes the normal to the plastic potential function .
The principle of plastic work equivalence yields the relation between equivalent
plastic strain and plastic strain tensor.
(8-3)
being the yield function. Euler’s theorem for any first order homogeneous function
states
(8-4)
Applying this on or results in
(8-5a)
(8-5b)
The second order tensor
is the normal to the yield surface
(8-6)
Substituting the non-associated plastic flow rule Eqn.(8-1) in the principle of plastic
work equivalence Eqn.(8-3) and applying Euler’s theorem Eqn.(8-5a) results in
( )
( )
( )
( ) (8-7)
Application of Eqn.(8-7) is motivated by the accuracy of this model since no
simplifying assumption is considered. However, with special care (to be discussed in
this chapter) Eqn.(8-7) can be reduced to
(8-8)
It must be noted that this simplification does not lead back to AFR. This is due to the
fact that the normal to the plastic potential function (and not yield stress function)
always has been considered for plastic strain rate direction.
Eqn. (8-8) results in a simpler implementation of the non-AFR constitutive model and
has therefore been adopted by Stoughton (2002), Stoughton and Yoon (2006; 2007;
140 Chapter 8. Simplification of the numerical implementation of the non-AFR
2009) and Taherizadeh et al (2010). However, this assumption weakens the reliability
of the model since it violates the principle of plastic work equivalence thus possibly
leading to a large discrepancy of the FE results. It must be noted that the application
of the reduced formulation as defined in Eqn.(8-8) can only be motivated in the case
of a fully implicit backward Euler integration scheme described in Eqn. (8-9). This is
due to the necessity of calculation of derivatives of all plastic moduli such as in
Eqn.(8-7). For other integration schemes such as forward Euler, cutting plane, semi-
implicit and semi-explicit this is not the case.
As the fully implicit integration scheme has been adopted, the increments in the
plastic strain and flow direction are attributed to the current step denoted by .
This is indicated in the following integration scheme written for the non-AFR model
with isotropic hardening and general anisotropic yield function.
(8-9a)
(8-9b)
(
)
(8-9c)
(
) (8-9d)
( ) (8-9e)
This set of equations has to be linearized with respect to at time increment
. The differences between right and left sides of Eqn.(8-9a) to
Eqn.(8-9e) define corresponding residual functions. The values of these residuals are
minimized within a very small tolerance by means of a Newton-Raphson iteration
scheme. More specifically, to include the full expression of Eqn.(8-9c) in the fully
implicit integration scheme a residual function is defined
(8-10)
Constructing the truncated Taylor expansion of leads to
(8-11)
The superposed dot denotes the incremental change during the k-th Newton-Raphson
iteration. Using Euler’s rule
(8-12a)
141
(8-12b)
Alternatively, if the simplified expression is used, then Eqn.(8-9c) can be substituted
by a linear function in which the derivative of can be eliminated
(8-13)
Apparently, the Eqns.(8-10) and (8-11) are omitted as a result of this simplification.
To this end, a special constraint referred to as scaling in this chapter has to be taken
into account to minimize the discrepancy between results of full and simplified
expressions.
Regarding the details of the integration scheme, Cvitanic et al (2008) presented the
fully implicit scheme for a non-associate flow rule in the case of isotropic hardening.
Taherizadeh et al (2010) and Safaei et al (2012) developed the fully implicit scheme
for mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening. Due to the fact that in this chapter only
isotropic hardening is considered, the integration scheme is similar to that of Cvitanic
et al (2008) so the reader is referred to that paper for further details.
8.3 Impact of simplification on equivalent plastic strain rate
For the sake of convenience, the following terminology is agreed upon
in Eqn.(8-7) full method
in Eqn.(8-8) with original un-scaled simplified method
in Eqn.(8-8) with scaled scaled simplified method
Based on these approaches, the non-AFR constitutive model is evaluated and results
are presented in the following subsections.
8.3.1 Full non-AFR method
From Eqn.(8-7) one obtains
(8-14)
If in Eqn.(8-14) is substituted into the non-associated flow rule in Eqn.(8-1), the
following equation is obtained
(8-15)
142 Chapter 8. Simplification of the numerical implementation of the non-AFR
It would be advantageous to consider all equations in a normalized stress space;
normalized with respect to the yield stress in the rolling direction denoted by . In
the remainder of this section, the notation refers to this normalized stress. Therefore
the normalized uniaxial stress state with only a non-zero stress component in rolling
direction is represented by
(8-16)
Substitution of Eqn.(8-16) into Euler’s theorem Eqn.(8-5a) leads to
(8-17)
In normalized stress space yielding occurs when
(8-18)
Substitution of Eqn.(8-16) and Eqn.(8-18) into Euler’s theorem Eqn.(8-5b), leads to
(8-19)
If Eqn.(8-17) and Eqn.(8-19) are substituted into Eqn.(8-15) for a uniaxial stress state,
the following equation is obtained
(8-20)
In short, the full expression automatically equalizes the longitudinal plastic strain in
rolling direction (
) and the equivalent plastic strain ( ).
8.3.2 Un-scaled simplified non-AFR method
The un-scaled simplified model is based on elimination of the term in
Eqn.(8-9c) with no additional stipulations. Substitution of into the non-
associated flow rule in Eqn.(8-1) leads to
(
)
(8-21a)
or alternatively
(
)
(8-21b)
143
From Euler’s theorem in Eqn.(8-5a) and in case when yielding occurs, one
obtains that the first component of
for uniaxial stress along the rolling direction
does not equal 1
(8-22)
Consequently, combining Eqn.(8-22) with Eqn.(8-21a) for uniaxial stress state along
the rolling direction, leads to
(8-23)
Therefore, if no constraint is enforced to the un-scaled simplified approach, this
method results in a wrong relation between equivalent plastic strain and longitudinal
plastic strain for uniaxial stress along the rolling direction.
Considering a general stress state, determination of the ratio of equivalent plastic
strain obtained through the full method to equivalent plastic strain from the un-scaled
method, , can be calculated as the ratio of Eqn.(8-15) to
Eqn.(8-21a). After some manipulations
(8-24)
Fig 8-1 plots the variation of parameter for different stress states
at the first quarter of the Yld2000-2d yield surface (non-AFR Yld2000-2d model)
applied to aluminium alloy AA2090-T3. A cylindrical coordinate system is
introduced, Fig 8-2, to enable a more straightforward evaluation of the variation of
. In Fig 8-3 the parameter values are plotted for different shear
stress levels. This plot illustrates that the values and thus the
plastic potential are always less than one for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 (note
that when yielding occurs). Consequently, substituting Eqn.(8-17) into Eqn.
(8-21a) for a uniaxial stress state along the rolling direction, leads to
(8-25)
From Eqn.(8-25) one can conclude that the un-scaled simplified approach
overestimates (overshoot) the equivalent plastic strain and consequently a difference
between experimental and simulated hardening curves for the rolling direction is to be
expected (see Fig 8-4 and Fig 8-5).
144 Chapter 8. Simplification of the numerical implementation of the non-AFR
Fig 8-1 Variation of β for the un-scaled simplified non-AFR Yld2000-2d model
applied to aluminium alloy AA2090-T3.
Fig 8-2 Schematic of a cylindrical coordinate system.
Fig 8-3 Variation of β in function of the cylindrical coordinate for un-scaled
simplified non-AFR Yld2000-2d model applied to AA2090-T3.
0 . 0
0 . 2
0 . 4
0 . 6
0 . 8
1 . 0
1 . 2
1 . 4
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
xy
xy
xy
xy
xy
un-scaled simplified
xx
=1 ,yy
=0 ,
Yield surface
at
yy
xx
Material:
AA2090-T3
yy
xx
0 15 30 45 60 75 900.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
xy
xy
xy
xy
xy
un-scaled simplified
AA2090-T3
(°)
145
Fig 8-4 Simulated stress versus longitudinal plastic strain (
) at rolling direction
using full and un-scaled simplified methods for the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model
applied to AA2090-T3.
Fig 8-5 Simulated stress versus equivalent plastic strain ( ) at rolling direction using
full and un-scaled simplified methods for the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model applied to
AA2090-T3.
8.3.3 Scaled simplified non-AFR method
A remedy to the observed shortcomings of the un-scaled simplified method would be
enforcing a scaling constraint for which at rolling direction
applies. This
can be accomplished by applying a scaling of the parameters (i=1-8) of the plastic
potential function
(8-26)
where
(
)
(8-27)
146 Chapter 8. Simplification of the numerical implementation of the non-AFR
being the scaled plastic potential function, the i-th parameter of the plastic
potential function and k is the scaling factor. This scaling factor is equal to 1.451 for
the aluminium alloy AA2090-T3. This approach is referred to as scaled simplified
method.
Subsequently, the relation between plastic strain and equivalent plastic strain is recast
to
(8-28)
where
(8-29)
therefore
(8-30)
The flow rule takes the following form
(
)
(8-31a)
By substituting Eqn.(8-27) into (8-30) and recalling Euler’s theorem in Eqn.(8-5b) for
uniaxial tension along the rolling direction we can write
(8-32)
The constraint in Eqn.(8-32) is the outcome of the scaling procedure. Finally
Eqn.(8-28) for uniaxial tension in the rolling direction reduces to
(8-33)
leading to the equality of equivalent plastic strain and longitudinal plastic strain at
rolling direction what was not possible to achieve without scaling.
Similar to Eqn.(8-24), the the parameter can be obtained from
(8-34)
147
Fig 8-6 compares the variation of and for
different stress states at the first quarter of the Yld2000-2d yield surface (non-AFR
version). Fig 8-7 shows the top view of the same plot which simply allows to
conclude that the shape of the yield and plastic potential functions are not changed
upon any kind of simplification.
Fig 8-6 Comparison of for scaled simplified and un-scaled simplified non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model implementations for different values of shear stress and applied to
an aluminium alloy AA2090-T3.
Fig 8-7 Top view of Fig 8-6.
0 . 0
0 . 2
0 . 4
0 . 6
0 . 8
1 . 0
1 . 2
1 . 4
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
xy
xy
xy
xy
xy
Scaled simplified method
Un-scaled simplified method
xx=1 ,
yy=0 ,
Yield surface
at
yy
xx
xx Material:
AA2090-T3
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.40.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4 scaled simplified
un-scaled simplified
xy
xy
xy
xy
xy
AA2090-T3
Y
Y
xx
148 Chapter 8. Simplification of the numerical implementation of the non-AFR
In Fig 8-8, the and values are plotted for
different shear stress levels in a cylindrical coordinate system. In this plot it is shown
that the parameter equals 1 at uniaxial tension in rolling direction.
Fig 8-8 Variation of β in function of the cylindrical coordinate for scaled and un-
scaled simplified non-AFR Yld2000-2d model implementations for aluminium alloy
AA2090-T3.
In Fig 8-9, the scaling procedure is illustrated for 0° and 76° orientations of in-plane
stress state. In this plot, the superscripts “sc” and “un” respectively denote the scaled
simplified and un-scaled simplified approaches. In this plot, it must be noted that
(value of scaled plastic potential function) equals 1 at the rolling direction.
Fig 8-9 Examples of scaling procedure applied to in-plane stress states at 0° (right)
and 76° (left) orientations for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 and non-AFR Yld2000-2d
model.
0 15 30 45 60 75 900.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
xy
xy
xy
xy
xy
scaled simplified
un-scaled simplified
AA2090-T3
(°)
149
As a consequence of the scaling method, overshooting of equivalent plastic strain and
stress at rolling direction that was present in the un-scaled method is not a concern in
the scaled approach (see Fig 8-10 and Fig 8-11).
Fig 8-10 Simulated stress versus longitudinal plastic strain (
) at rolling direction
using full, un-scaled simplified and scaled simplified methods for the non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model applied to AA2090-T3.
Fig 8-11 Simulated stress versus equivalent plastic strain ( ) at rolling direction
using full, un-scaled simplified and scaled simplified methods for the non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model applied to AA2090-T3.
Nonetheless, for stress states other than this uniaxial one, the curves of versus
might deviate from those obtained using the full expression. For all methods including
full, scaled simplified and un-scaled simplified the equivalent versus uniaxial plastic
strains at each 15° from rolling to transverse direction as well as balanced biaxial
stress state are plotted in Fig 8-12. As proven higher, the equivalent and uniaxial
plastic strains for scaled simplified and full expression at rolling direction completely
match with each other and a very good agreement is also present for the data at 15°
150 Chapter 8. Simplification of the numerical implementation of the non-AFR
and 30° orientations as shown in Fig 8-12. However, a slight deviation is observed
from 45° (less than 9% error) onwards and reaches a maximum at 90°. Interestingly,
the deviation of the un-scaled simplified method is much more pronounced. As will
be shown in Section 8.5, even though some deviation is observed from 45° to 90°
orientations for the scaled simplified approach, the results of cup deep drawing
simulations are very similar for both full and scaled simplified expressions.
Fig 8-12 Equivalent versus uniaxial and equi-biaxial plastic strains at different
orientations using scaled simplified and full expression approaches for the non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model and applied to aluminium alloy AA2090-T3.
151
8.4 Metrics for error analysis
In this section the error of the three approaches discussed in the previous section is
quantified for various loading conditions momentarily. First the formulation is
described from which the directional hardening can be extracted.
Formulating the non-associated flow rule in generic form for uniaxial tension
(8-35)
where and are respectively plastic strain and plastic flow direction for
uniaxial tension at degrees with respect to the rolling direction. The flow direction
in any orthogonal system can be projected to the uniaxial direction denoted by
subscript .
(8-36)
Combination of the three different approaches described earlier with Eqn.(8-35) for
uniaxial direction gives
(
)
(8-37)
(
)
(8-38)
(
)
(8-39)
Consequently, the uniaxial stress at degrees with respect to the rolling direction,
for the different approaches are described by:
Full approach:
(
)
(8-40)
Un-scaled simplified approach:
(
)
(8-41)
Scaled simplified approach:
(
)
(8-42)
152 Chapter 8. Simplification of the numerical implementation of the non-AFR
For balanced biaxial stress the derivatives of plastic potential and yield functions are
respectively
(8-43)
(8-44)
Therefore the balanced biaxial stress for the different approaches is described by:
Full approach: (
)
(8-45)
Simplified un-scaled: (
)
(8-46)
Simplified scaled: (
)
(8-47)
where
(8-48)
Finally, the error between experimental and predicted stress-strain data by any of the
studied models is defined as
( )
(
)
( )
(8-49)
where ( ) is the experimental hardening curve at degrees with respect to the
rolling direction and true uniaxial strain . The parameters of the experimental
hardening curve originally from Rousselier et al. (2009, 2010) are provided in Table
8-1 for different orientations. Stoughton and Yoon (2009) proposed a criterion for
measuring the error at all orientations momentarily. The average RMS error over a
uniaxial true plastic strain range of is
( ) √
∫ (
)
(8-50)
The average RMS error for seven uniaxial directions is
√
(( (
))
( (
))
( (
))
( (
))
( ) (
) (
)
) (8-51)
153
Table 8-1 Swift hardening parameters for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3
Orientation
0 646.015 0.025 0.227
15 630.085 0.032 0.247
30 596.989 0.031 0.245
45 532.190 0.029 0.242
60 530.188 0.030 0.243
75 577.705 0.031 0.245
90 596.989 0.031 0.245
EB 821.355 0.059 0.369
Taking the error of predicted balanced biaxial stress into account
( )
(
)
( ) (8-52)
where ( ) is the experimental balanced biaxial stress-strain relation. Similarly, the
RMS error over a range is
( ) √
∫ (
)
(8-53)
Finally the overall model error including all considered uniaxial and balanced biaxial
stress states is
√
((
) (
) ) (8-54)
154 Chapter 8. Simplification of the numerical implementation of the non-AFR
Fig 8-13 RMS error for prediction of stresses by full, scaled simplified and un-scaled
simplified non-associated flow models for 7 uniaxial and one balanced biaxial stress
conditions applied to aluminium alloy AA2090-T3.
155
Fig 8-14 Accumulated error in prediction of stress for alloy AA2090-T3 in uniaxial
loading conditions.
Fig 8-15 Accumulated error in prediction of stress for alloy AA2090-T3 in uniaxial
and balanced biaxial loading conditions.
8.5 Impact of model simplification on cup drawing simulation
The impact of the proposed scaled simplification of a non-AFR model is evaluated by
FE simulation of cylindrical cup deep drawing of aluminium alloy AA2090-T3. The
non-AFR Yld2000-2d anisotropic model using both full and scaled simplified
expressions is studied and results are compared with experimentally determined cup
profiles. The user material subroutines were developed for ABAQUS/Standard using
a fully implicit integration scheme.
The tool dimensions are similar to the ones described in the previous chapter. In the
light of orthogonal symmetry, only one quarter of the sheet was modeled. The blank
156 Chapter 8. Simplification of the numerical implementation of the non-AFR
was meshed using approximately 700 first order reduced integration quadrilateral
shell elements with 11 Gauss integration points. The simulated cup profiles are
plotted in Fig 8-16. It is shown that the impact of simplification, even for a very
anisotropic material such as aluminium alloy AA2090-T3, is negligible. As a
conclusion it is proven that simplification of the non-AFR model, taking the scaling
of the plastic potential function into account, leads to very similar simulation of cup
profile as obtained using the full expression.
Fig 8-16 Simulated cup profile using full and scaled simplified expressions of non-
AFR Yld2000-2d model.
8.6 Summary
Two methods for simplification of the relation between equivalent plastic strain and
compliance factor in a non-AFR model have been described. It was shown that if the
non-AFR is simplified without scaling the plastic potential function, this results in a
wrong definition of equivalent plastic strain. This inaccurate definition was shown to
lead to overestimation of Cauchy stress for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 due to over-
prediction of equivalent plastic strain. However, it was shown that this can be
significantly improved if the plastic potential function is scaled based on the data at
uniaxial stress state. If the scaling is carried out based on the ratio of yield to plastic
potential functions then the equality of equivalent plastic strain and compliance factor
can be assured resulting in a more convenient implementation scheme. FE simulation
of uniaxial tensile tests at different orientations for the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model
showed that for both full expression and scaled simplified approach the equivalent
and uniaxial plastic strains at rolling direction completely match and the good
agreement still holds for 15° and 30°. However, slight deviation is observed at 45°
and reaches a maximum at 90°. Nonetheless, the cup drawing simulations of alloy
AA2090-T3 using the scaled simplified approach show a very similar cup profile as
compared to the one obtained by the full expression. These results indicates that
implementation of the scaling technique gives rise to a reliable alternative for the full
expression.
157
Bibliography
Cvitanic, V., Vlak, F., Lozina, Z., 2008. A finite element formulation based on non-
associated plasticity for sheet metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 24,
646-687.
Rousselier, G., Barlat, F., Yoon, J.W., 2009. A novel approach for anisotropic
hardening modeling. Part I: Theory and its application to finite element analysis of
deep drawing. International Journal of Plasticity 25, 2383-2409.
Rousselier, G., Barlat, F., Yoon, J.W., 2010. A novel approach for anisotropic
hardening modeling. Part II: Anisotropic hardening in proportional and non-
proportional loadings, application to initially isotropic material. International Journal
of Plasticity 26, 1029-1049.
Safaei, M., Zang, S.L., Lee, M.G., De Waele, W., 2012. Evaluation of Anisotropic
Constitutive Models: Mixed Anisotropic Hardening and Non-associated Flow Rule
Approach. International Journal of mechanical Sciences (accepted).
Stoughton, T.B., 2002. A non-associated flow rule for sheet metal forming.
International Journal of Plasticity 18, 687-714.
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2006. Review of Drucker’s postulate and the issue of
plastic stability in metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 22, 391-433.
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2009. Anisotropic hardening and non-associated flow in
proportional loading of sheet metals. International Journal of Plasticity 25, 1777-
1817.
Taherizadeh, A., Green, D.E., Ghaei, A., Yoon, J.W., 2010. A non-associated
constitutive model with mixed iso-kinematic hardening for finite element simulation
of sheet metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 26, 288-309.
Yoon, J.W., Stoughton, T.B., Dick, R.E., 2007. Earing prediction in cup drawing
based on non-associated flow rule, in: CeasarDeSa, J.M.A., Santos, A.D. (Eds.),
NUMIFORM '07: Materials Processing and Design: Modeling, Simulation and
Applications, Pts I and II. Amer Inst Physics, Melville, pp. 685-690.
158 Chapter 8. Simplification of the numerical implementation of the non-AFR
Chapter 9
9 Comparison of stress-
integration schemes
160 Chapter 9. Comparison of stress-integration schemes
9.1 Introduction
In Chapter 6, the numerical formulation and implementation into a user material
subroutine of a fully implicit stress integration scheme were presented for non-AFR
based yield models and mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening. Simulation results
obtained using Abaqus/Standard, including verification of hardening and anisotropy
and cylindrical cup deep drawing were discussed in Chapter 7. In this chapter, various
stress update schemes recommended for explicit time integration in FE code
Abaqus/Explicit are discussed and compared. Even though that only isotropic
hardening is assumed as material model for FE simulations in this chapter, the stress
update scheme for a mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening model is described. The
main reason is that implementation of mixed hardening is slightly different from a
pure isotropic model when fully implicit and convex cutting plane algorithms are
considered.
In Section 9.2.1, the first order classical forward Euler’s method is described. Section
9.2.2 provides an improved forward Euler’s method that generates more accurate
results compared with the original forward Euler’s approach. In Section 9.2.3, the
convex cutting plane method is described. In Section 9.3 some remarks are given on
using fully implicit integration schemes is a explicit time integration scheme finite
element solver. These models together with the fully implicit backward Euler’s
scheme were implemented in Abaqus/Explicit as user subroutine (VUMAT) and
results are compared for cup deep drawing simulations in section 9.4.
9.2 Integration schemes suitable for an explicit time integration FE code
In the following sections, all variables are considered at the current step
unless stated otherwise.
9.2.1 Classical forward Euler’s method (CFE)
The classical forward Euler’s scheme (further called CFE) can be considered the most
simple integration scheme. In this method, all internal variables (equivalent plastic
strain and kinematic hardening components) and the flow direction at current step
denoted by are considered with respect to the previous step denoted by .
Accordingly, the increments at the current step can be written as
(
) (9-1a)
(9-1b)
(9-1c)
161
(9-1d)
with
the plastic flow direction and and denoting the plastic moduli (plasticity
parameters)
(
)
(9-2a)
(9-2b)
(9-2c)
In Chapter 5 it was shown that the expression in Eqn.(9-1c) is achieved as following
( )
( )
( )
( ) (9-3)
As seen in Eqn.(9-2c) kinematic hardening is assumed with the general plastic
modulus being a function of
and . Including even more kinematic hardening
components is straightforward as will be discussed hereinafter. The plasticity
parameter if only isotropic hardening is assumed.
The compliance factor , that is to be determined by the consistency condition, is
the only variable based on which all the aforementioned equations will be solved. The
update scheme begins with calculating the trial stress for a given discrete strain
increment
(9-4a)
(9-4b)
The yield criterion is subsequently checked
(
) (
) (9-5)
would denote that deformation is in the elastic regime and the trial stress
replaces the current stress
whilst all other variables remain unchanged and the
simulation passes to the next step. Otherwise, in case the current step is in
the plastic regime and the stress and all internal variables will be updated on the basis
162 Chapter 9. Comparison of stress-integration schemes
of the compliance factor as elaborated in the following. Fig 9-1 illustrates the
described steps for the CFE method.
Fig 9-1 Geometric interpretation of classical forward Euler’s method (CFE).
By means of a Taylor series expansion (with higher orders neglected) the yield
criterion in Eqn.(9-5) can be recast
(9-6a)
Assuming
(9-6b)
then
(9-7)
with
(9-8a)
(9-8b)
Taking into account that
and the normal to the yield function
(9-9)
B
C
xx
n(n)
n(n)
Ce
(n)
(n+1)
n C
e n
(n)
yy
A
F (n+1)
F (n)
163
this results in
(9-10)
Using the equations given by Eqns. (9-1a) to (9-1d) and Eqn.(9-8a) to (9-10), after
some manipulation the compliance factor is found
(9-11)
Subsequently, this compliance factor is used to update the increments defined in
Eqns.(9-1a) to (9-1d). Next, the integration scheme to obtain all variables at the end of
the current step can be written as
(9-12)
(9-13)
(9-14)
(9-15)
If
was located on the yield surface (presence of plastic strain) then all stress-
update methodologies presented above can be simply used.
Fig 9-2 Geometric interpretation of transition from elastic to plastic regime and
locating the intersection A in CFE method.
Conversely if the stress in the previous step was located inside the yield surface as
illustrated in Fig 9-2 then the intersection with the yield surface during the elastic
F (A)
F (n+1)
X
B
C
xx
n(A)
n(A)
Ce
(X)
(n+1)
n C
e n
(n)
yy
A
164 Chapter 9. Comparison of stress-integration schemes
increment (denoted by A in the same plot) has to be known to determine the flow
direction. In other words, the stress
that denotes the stress on the surface A has to
be determined (Crisfield, 2000).
(9-16)
where is the ratio to be determined using Newton-Raphson’s iterations.
is the
stress at the previous step that was inside the yield surface.
The criterion to investigate whether the location of the stress at the previous step
was inside the yield surface is
(9-17)
Finding the intersection A requires the following yield criterion to be satisfied
(
) (9-18a)
(
) (
) (9-18b)
Taylor expansion of Eqn.(9-18a) around gives
(9-19)
where subscript k denotes the iteration number. Therefore
(
)
(9-20)
being the incremental change in and
(9-21)
Substitution of Eqn.(9-21) into Eqn.(9-20) gives
(
)
(9-22)
165
Note that the initial guess of is very determining and an improper guess may
discard the chance of convergence. Accordingly it is highly recommended to use the
initial guess denoted by
(Crisfield, 2000)
(9-23)
Then would be updated iteratively by
(9-24)
This procedure continues until the yield condition at point A described in Eqn.(9-18)
is satisfied. In that case
(9-25)
and Eqn.(9-1a) to Eqn.(9-14) can be applied. The numerical steps describing the CFE
integration scheme are presented in Table 9-1.
The advantage of using CFE is its significant simplicity. In addition, the need for
computing the second order gradients of and is bypassed. Finding the closed
form of second order gradients is a laborious task for complex yield functions and
increases computational costs such as simulation time. However, the underlying
assumptions in the CFE technique bring a series of vulnerabilities and drawbacks that
have to be considered carefully. For instance, the plasticity parameters and flow
direction solely depend on the state of the previous step and consequently the
consistency constraint is not satisfied for the current step. Furthermore, the
assumption is not true due the fact that the consistency is not satisfied in the
previous step too. This describes the conditional stability of the CFE. The accuracy,
on the other hand, is highly dependent on the size of the time increments. In other
words, the time increments should be considerably small because otherwise the stress
may drift away from the yield surface over many steps (Dunne and Petrinic, 2005).
Having mentioned some drawbacks of the CFE, the simplicity of this integration
scheme has been shown to be very persuasive if used in explicit time integration FE
codes such as Abaqus/Explicit with very small time increments (roughly speaking, in
the order of 10-7 for a deep drawing application). Using such small time increments,
or using higher simulation time in other words, has been shown to be sufficient to
generate accurate results in terms of the prediction of yield stress and anisotropy
coefficient (Lankford coefficients) (Cardoso and Yoon, 2009).
166 Chapter 9. Comparison of stress-integration schemes
Table 9-1 Numerical algorithm for CFE integration scheme
1) Input
, ,
,
,
,
,
2) Calculate trial stress for a given
,
3) Check yield condition
(
) (
)
4) If then set
,
,
,
,
Go to step 5
Else
If
Find intersection A in Fig 9-2.
End if
Calculate
(
)
Update the increments of
,
,
and
Update
,
and
End if
5) Go to the next step
167
9.2.2 Next Increment Corrects Error (NICE-h)
As mentioned in the previous section, the main source of inaccuracy of the CFE
method is the lack of fulfillment of the consistency condition. In other words, even
though the consistency condition has not been imposed to step that hypothetically
was located in the plastic regime, is assumed and furthermore is
assumed but no numerical iteration is performed to assure this stipulation for the
current step ( .
Halilovic et al. (2009) proposed a slight change to the CFE method based on which
the error on from the previous step is taken into account for the calculation of the
yield criterion in the current step. According to this method which is called NICE-h (h
representing the degree of truncated Taylor expansion), one can write
∑ (9-26a)
(9-26b)
All procedures are identical to the CFE method except the fact that is not
disregarded in Eqn.(9-26a). Higher order terms such as in the right side of
Eqn.(9-26a) can also be considered in CFE.
Following similar steps as described for the CFE method in Table 9-1, finally the
compliance factor for the NICE-1 scheme is obtained
(9-27)
The considered in the nominator is the only difference between NICE-1 and CFE
methods. Even though no numerical iteration is performed to assure the yield
condition or , higher accuracy for NICE-1 compared with CFE was
reported by Vrh et al (2010). They examined different integration schemes for a
complex non-linear loading path and showed that using the same number of
increments the NICE-1 scheme is the fastest solution with acceptable accuracy.
Halilovic et al (2011) compared NICE-2 and NICE-1 methods (i.e. 1 and 2 denote the
order of Taylor expansion) for a cup deep drawing simulation and reported a
maximum residual (value of ) of 1E-5 versus 2.23E-3 respectively for NICE-2
and NICE-1 at 50% of punch displacement. Vrh et al (2010) reported that the same
level of accuracy as for a classical backward Euler’s scheme (further called CBE) was
obtained in 1/10th of simulation time.
168 Chapter 9. Comparison of stress-integration schemes
9.2.3 Convex Cutting-Plane (CCP) algorithm, a semi explicit approach
As opposed to the explicit update schemes described above, in return mapping
algorithms such as fully implicit CBE, all variables at the previously converged step
( ) are updated at the end of the current converged step ( ). The CBE method
guarantees high convergence accuracy by means of solving a (generally non-linear)
system of equations. The quadratically converging Newton–Raphson method is
normally adopted as an efficient scheme to solve the system of equations (Neto et al.,
2008). The iteration continues until the desired accuracy is achieved or in other words
the value of the yield function is sufficiently close to zero.
With respect to accuracy, the value of (the convergence accuracy or as it is
further called, the residual) is set to approximately 10E-10 multiplied with initial yield
stress. This is implemented in the UMAT for Abaqus/Implicit discussed in chapter 6
by means of the TOL parameter
(9-28)
Unavoidably, when complex hardening definitions or non-AFR models are used, the
algorithmic/consistent tangent modulus continuously changes and the stress-update
algorithm should accommodate these non-constant moduli. However, development
effort for this tangent stiffness is cumbersome and, furthermore, requires second order
gradients. The second order gradients are difficult to calculate considering complex
non-quadratic yield and plastic potential functions.
Ortiz and Simo (1986) proposed a return mapping scheme to bypass the need for
second order derivatives and reduced the system of equations with 1+k unknown
variables to a system of equations with only one unknown to be solved by Newton-
Raphson iterations in which k denotes the number of internal variables i.e considering
isotropic hardening k=1. The CCP return mapping algorithm belongs to the elastic-
plastic operator split methodology that involves two consecutive steps (Ortiz and
Simo, 1986). In the first step, the current state is assumed to be totally elastic (the
plastic part is frozen). If the stress is located inside the yield surface then the current
step is known to be elastic. Otherwise, the second step or plastic corrector, attempts to
bring back the stress onto the yield surface. This is a similarity between CCP and
classical implicit backward Euler’s method. However, the CCP is an explicit approach
in a sense that flow direction and plastic modulus are based on the initial iteration and
the consistency condition is also enforced at the initial state (Simo and Hughes, 1998).
Fig 9-3 shows the geometric interpretation of the CCP technique.
169
At the start of the CCP algorithm, the yield condition is checked based on initial/trial
values
(
) (
) (9-29)
and
(9-30a)
(9-30b)
(9-30c)
where subscript denotes initial/trial state. Superscripts and respectively
denote previous and current steps.
If the following condition is satisfied
(9-31)
then the stress state is located inside the yield surface and the step is elastic.
Otherwise, the yield condition is linearized around the current values of stress and
internal variables
with i denoting the iteration number. Assuming all the
variables are known at their initial state (Ortiz and Simo, 1986), the only variable that
should be determined iteratively is the compliance factor .
The yield condition at each iteration step can be written as
(
) (
) (9-32)
To find the incremental change of the compliance factor, the Newton-Raphson
iteration scheme is employed such that
(
)
(9-33)
and
(
)
(
)
(9-34)
with
170 Chapter 9. Comparison of stress-integration schemes
(9-35a)
(9-35b)
(9-35c)
(9-35d)
where
is the iterative change of the compliance factor . Substituting Eqn.
(9-35) into (9-34) and then into (9-33) one obtains
(9-36)
Subsequently, stress and internal variables at each iteration step are updated by
(9-37a)
(9-37b)
(9-37c)
The yield condition is checked and if the desired accuracy within the range of
assigned iteration numbers is satisfied, then the step is complete. The CCP stress
update scheme is described in a step-by-step fashion in Table 9-2.
Fig 9-3 Geometric interpretation of convex cutting plane (CCP) stress update scheme.
(n+1)
(k)
F (n+1)
(k)
F (n+1)
(k-1)
F (n+1)
(2)
F (n+1)
(1)
(n+1)
(n+1)
(k-1)
(n+1)
(2)
(n+1)
(1)
F (n)
xx
Ce
(n)
yy
trial
=(n+1)
(0)
171
Table 9-2 Numerical algorithm for cutting plane integration scheme
1) Initialize
,
,
,
,
2) Calculate the hardening moduli, and yield function
(
)
(
)
2-1) Check the yield condition
(
) (
)
2-2) If then
,
,
Go to the next step
Else
3) Calculate the increment of the compliance factor
4) Update variables
and go back to 2
6) End if
7) Go to Next step
172 Chapter 9. Comparison of stress-integration schemes
9.3 Some remarks on using the explicit stress-update integration in implicit
time integration code.
One should note that all aforementioned explicit integration schemes can generate
acceptable results when used with very small time increments in an explicit time
integration FE code such as Abaqus/Explicit. It is clear that the mentioned explicit
techniques are conditionally stable but using such small increments will alleviate the
degree of violation of the consistency condition. For instance, Cardoso and Yoon
(2009) reported that the forward Euler’s integration scheme generates the same degree
of accuracy as can be achieved by the backward Euler’s method when these
approaches are used in explicit time integration with small time increments. On the
other hand, they found large discrepancies in the result of CFE when used in implicit
time integration with large time steps.
Using explicit stress update schemes in a FE code with implicit time integration
schemes, such as Abaqus/Implicit, has some disadvantages. For instance, using very
small time increments is not computationally efficient for a complex deformation
simulation. More importantly, the algorithmic tangent modulus is required for a good
convergence to guarantee the computational efficiency of the simulation in terms of
time. However, development of consistent moduli is a laborious task that is only
reasonable to perform when fully implicit backward Euler is employed.
9.4 Comparison of stress-update schemes
In this section the described stress-update schemes are compared for the non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model with isotropic hardening. Simulations of cylindrical cup deep
drawing were performed in Abaqus/Explicit, applying a user material subroutine
VUMAT allowing for the following approaches
1. Classical backward Euler’s method, CBE; a fully implicit approach.
2. Convex cutting plane, CCP; a semi explicit approach.
3. First order classical forward Euler, CFE; a fully explicit approach and
4. First order forward Euler with next increment correct error, NICE-1; a fully
explicit approach.
In addition, the CBE approach is also implemented by UMAT in Abaqus/Implicit for
comparison with other implemented subroutines.
Two highly anisotropic materials, fictitious material FM8 and aluminium alloy
AA2090-T3 respectively showing 8 and 6 ears in a completed deep drawn cup are
selected to compare different integration schemes. The geometry of the tooling is as
described in chapter 7. All other simulation configurations are similar unless stated
otherwise. Parameters of the non-AFR models for those materials were optimized
with an inverse approach and are available in Table 7-5 in chapter 7. The punch
173
stroke is 60 mm and simulation time for Abaqus/Explicit was set to 0.05 and for
Abaqus/Implicit 1 with fixed time increments equal to 0.001.
Apparently, no iteration is involved for CFE and NICE-1 schemes. However,
considering the VUMAT, 20 and 10 Newton-Raphson iterations are considered
respectively for backward Euler (CBE) and cutting plane (CCP) algorithms. A large
number of iterations is used for CBE in UMAT so that the assigned tolerance
(TOL=10E-8) is obtained. It was found that the time cost of simulation in explicit time
integration code (Abaqus/Explicit) when requesting the same tolerance is extremely
high, thus the number of iterations is limited to 20 for CFE in VUMAT.
Fig 9-4 and Fig 9-5 respectively show the distribution of stress and equivalent plastic
strain at 50% of the total punch stroke (top view is presented). The complex cup
profiles illustrate the great capabilities of the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model for the
prediction of highly anisotropic material behaviour. For the same materials, in chapter
7 excellent results in terms of directional yield stress and Lankford coefficients were
reported for the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model.
Fig 9-4 Distribution of Yld2000-2d effective stress values for FM8 and AA2090-T3
materials at 50% of the total punch stroke. The results are obtained using UMAT for
non-AFR Yld2000-2d model with CBE scheme.
174 Chapter 9. Comparison of stress-integration schemes
Fig 9-5 Distribution of equivalent plastic strain for FM8 (left) and AA2090-T3 (right)
at 50% of the total punch stroke. The results are obtained using UMAT for non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model with CBE scheme.
Fig 9-6 and Fig 9-7 present the residuals (value of yield stress , for instance see
Eqn.(9-32)) at 50% of the total punch stroke for FM8 and AA2090-T3 respectively.
As expected, the CFE approach generates the worst accuracy (higher residuals).
Interestingly, the accuracy of the NICE-1 approach is better than the implicit
backward Euler scheme with 20 iterations. This proves that the NICE-1 scheme can
be considered as an attractive approach for simulations involving monotonic loading
conditions (no stress reversal is engaged). More investigations are required to judge
about the reliability of the NICE-1 scheme in load reversal. Among the considered
models, the convex cutting plane scheme generates the best accuracy.
In Fig 9-8 and Fig 9-9, the distribution of von Mises stresses is presented. The
distribution is clearly scattered for the forward Euler scheme (CFE). NICE-1 and
convex cutting plane approaches predict very similar von Mises stress distributions.
The difference between CBE in UMAT and VUMAT, as mentioned earlier, is due to
the guaranteed accuracy that can be directly requested from the CBE (UMAT)
method at large increment sizes when Abaqus/Standard as an implicit time integration
code is used. Unavoidably, in Abaqus/Explicit the time increment size should be
considerably small to preserve dominance of quasi-static against dynamic response
(i.e. millions of iterations are imposed in Abaqus/Explicit). Performing a large
number of Newton-Raphson iterations for CBE (VUMAT) for each of millions of
increments to guarantee the consistency is time costly. This is why the results of CBE
in Abaqus/Explicit are worse when compared with the same algorithm in
Abaqus/Implicit.
175
VUMAT
classical backward Euler
(CBE)
VUMAT
NICE-1
VUMAT
classical forward Euler
(CFE)
VUMAT
convex cutting plane
(CCP)
Fig 9-6 Distribution of residuals (yield function) for FM8 using non-AFR Yld2000-2d
model (values below zero denote elastic deformation and are not considered).
176 Chapter 9. Comparison of stress-integration schemes
VUMAT
classical backward Euler
(CBE)
VUMAT
NICE-1
VUMAT
classical forward Euler
(CFE)
VUMAT
convex cutting plane
(CCP)
Fig 9-7 Distribution of residuals (yield function) for AA2090-T3 using non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model.
177
UMAT
classical backward Euler
(CBE)
VUMAT
classical backward Euler
(CBE)
VUMAT
NICE-1
VUMAT
classical forward Euler
(CFE)
VUMAT
convex cutting plane
(CCP)
Fig 9-8 Distribution of von Mises stress for FM8 using non-AFR Yld2000-2d model.
178 Chapter 9. Comparison of stress-integration schemes
UMAT
classical backward Euler
(CBE)
VUMAT
classical backward Euler
(CBE)
VUMAT
NICE-1
VUMAT
classical forward Euler
(CFE)
VUMAT
convex cutting plane
(CCP)
Fig 9-9 Distribution of von Mises stress for AA2090-T3 using non-AFR Yld2000-2d
model.
179
Fig 9-10 and Fig 9-11 show the predicted cup heights for the materials AA2090-T3
and FM8 respectively. Interestingly, the results of all integration schemes used in
Abaqus/Explicit are very close. The results of CBE in Abaqus/Implicit are slightly
different from those obtained using Abaqus/Explicit.
Fig 9-10 Cup height predicted by various integration schemes for AA2090-T2 using
the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model.
Fig 9-11 Cup height predicted by various integration schemes for FM8 using the non-
AFR Yld2000-2d model
180 Chapter 9. Comparison of stress-integration schemes
In Fig 9-12, simulation times for different integration schemes are presented. It is
shown that the CBE (UMAT) approach needs the minimum simulation time
compared to all implemented approaches. Conversely, when implemented into an
explicit time integration scheme, CBE (VUMAT) leads to a very long simulation time
(see Section 9.3 for explanation).
Fig 9-12 Cup drawing simulation time using different integration schemes.
9.5 Summary
This chapter has been devoted to the implementation of different integration schemes
such as simple classical forward Euler (CFE), next increment correct error (NICE-1)
and convex cutting plane (CCP). CFE and NICE-1 are fully explicit schemes in which
no iterations are involved. Therefore implementation of these approaches is a simple
task. The CCP, on the other hand, requires Newton-Raphson iteration to iteratively
bring the stress back to the yield surface. This approach is considered as a return
mapping scheme. For the purpose of comparison, the classical backward Euler’s
scheme was included, as another return mapping scheme.
It was shown that the CFE method results in the lowest accuracy of all studied
approaches. However, considering a simple change to the CFE scheme generates
much more accurate results (NICE-1 technique) in a sense that it yields results close
to the CBE approach with 20 iterations. It was illustrated that the CCP scheme is the
most accurate technique taking into account the time cost among all the models that
were implemented in Abaqus/Explicit.
However, it must be noted that the CBE method naturally yields a very high accuracy
(defined by the user) by means of Newton-Raphson iterations as far as a proper initial
181
guess is given to the iteration. If so, even at large strains the requested accuracy can
be guaranteed. However, requesting a large number of iterations for too many
increments in a sufficient step time (as is necessary in Abaqus/Explicit to preserve the
quasi-static response) is too time expensive. Therefore the CCP scheme even with
half number of iterations as compared to the CBE scheme, can be a better choice at
least for applications involving monotonic stress paths such as cup deep drawing.
182 Chapter 9. Comparison of stress-integration schemes
Bibliography
Cardoso, R.P.R., Yoon, J.W., 2009. Stress integration method for a nonlinear
kinematic/isotropic hardening model and its characterization based on polycrystal
plasticity. International Journal of Plasticity 25, 1684-1710.
Crisfield, M.A., 2000. Non-linear finite element analysis of solids and structures
Wiley, Chichester ; New York.
Dunne, F., Petrinic, N., 2005. Introduction to computational plasticity. Oxford
University Press, Oxford ; New York.
Halilovic, M., Vrh, M., Stok, B., 2009. NICE-An explicit numerical scheme for
efficient integration of nonlinear constitutive equations. Math Comput Simulat 80,
294-313.
Halilovič, M., Vrh, M., Štok, B., 2011. NICEH: a higher-order explicit numerical
scheme for integration of constitutive models in plasticity. Engineering with
Computers, 1-16.
Neto, E.A.d.S., Peric, D., Owens, D., 2008. Computational methods for plasticity :
theory and applications. Wiley, Oxford.
Ortiz, M., Simo, J.C., 1986. An Analysis of a New Class of Integration Algorithms
for Elastoplastic Constitutive Relations. International Journal for Numerical Methods
in Engineering 23, 353-366.
Simo, J.C., Hughes, T.J.R., 1998. Computational inelasticity, Interdisciplinary applied
mathematics. Springer, New York.
Vrh, M., Halilovic, M., Stok, B., 2010. Improved explicit integration in plasticity.
International Journal for Numerical Methods in Engineering 81, 910-938.
Chapter 10
10 Evolutionary non-AFR
anisotropic model
184 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
10.1 Introduction
In Chapter 4, a review of various classical and advanced anisotropic yield functions
was provided. In Chapter 5, the non-AFR Hill 1948 and Yld2000-2d models were
fully described. In Chapter 7, it was shown that the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model can
be considered as an alternative for the AFR Yld2000-2d and Yld2004-18p models.
However, all of the described anisotropy models were based on constant model
parameters. In other words, it was assumed that the initial anisotropy is preserved
during the plastic deformation. In this chapter, experimental characterization of DC06
steel (interstitial free deep drawing grade) is provided. Thanks to the accuracy and
feasibilities brought by an optical measurement system, it is shown that the anisotropy
(in terms of both yield stresses and Lankford coefficients) is changing with plastic
deformation. More importantly, a simple formulation is presented to describe the
evolutionary anisotropy based on non-AFR Yld2000-2d model and polynomial
interpolation. The presented model enables the yield and plastic potential functions to
change as function of plastic deformation.
First, in Section 10.2, the experimental procedure is described and basic calculations
of stress and strain are given. Next, in Section 10.3, the presence of distortional
hardening and the evolution of Lankford directionalities in the experimental results
are shown. In Section 10.4, the capabilities of non-AFR Hill 1948 and Yld2000-2d
models in describing the anisotropy at various degrees of plastic work are evaluated.
This evaluation is based on separate sets of parameters at discrete increments of
equivalent plastic strain. So far, no continuous evolution is included in the models.
Finally, in Section 10.5, the evolutionary non-AFR Yld2000-2d model is described.
Except some laborious numerical treatments for consideration of the principle of
plastic work equivalence to be carried out for parameter identification, the current
evolutionary model is very simple and no additional effort is required for the stress
integration scheme when compared with the integration schemes described in
chapters 6 and 9 or in general, any integration scheme for isotropic hardening and a
non-AFR model.
10.2 Material characterization
10.2.1 Experimental procedure
Tensile test specimens were extracted from an 0.8 mm thick DC06 steel sheet at 0°,
15°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75° and 90° orientations with respect to the rolling direction. The
tensile samples were provided by ArcelorMittal Global R&D (OCAS). The geometry
of the dogbone specimens was in accordance with ISO 6892-2 (central section
12.5mm wide and 195 mm long). Tensile tests were carried out on a servo-hydraulic
testing machine (MTS 810) with hydraulic wedge grips. The gauge length of the
mechanical extensometer (MTS632) was 50 mm. The average strain rate was 1.8E-4
185
(1/s) for longitudinal strain up to approximately 0.02. Subsequently, tensile loading
was continued slightly faster with average strain rate 1.9E-3 (1/s).
Besides a conventional mechanical extensometer, the Digital Image Correlation (DIC)
technique was used to measure strains in longitudinal and transverse directions. The
DIC setup is shown in Fig 10-1. This technique is suitable for full-field, non-contact
measurement of 3D deformations. A stochastic pattern of black and white speckles is
produced at the specimen’s surface by spray painting. Software based on a dedicated
image correlation algorithm is used to process the images recorded by two
synchronized digital cameras (Fig 10-1). The used digital image correlation system
was Q-400-3D from LIMESS. The accuracy in strain measurement around 0.001 can
be obtained by commercial DIC algorithms these days. In all the post processing
steps, 25 and 5 were chosen as subset and step sizes, respectively.
Fig 10-1 DIC test setup.
A considerable advantage of using DIC as compared to a mechanical extensometer
for strain measurements is that data can be extracted beyond the onset of necking.
Another advantage is that strain can be measured at any point on the surface of the
specimen during post-processing. For instance, in Fig 10-2 the measured distributions
of longitudinal and transverse true strains are shown along length and width directions
of the sample at various deformation stages. The localization of strain or diffuse
necking occurs at maximum tensile load (longitudinal strain of approximately 0.2).
The extensometer is practically inutile beyond this point. However, up to 0.80
longitudinal true strain was measured by DIC. This strain corresponds to failure of the
sample. To evaluate the accuracy of this technique, strains measured by both
specimen
hydraulic gripCCD camera
illumination
186 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
extensometer (50 mm gauge length) and DIC system (center of specimen) are plotted
in Fig 10-3. An approximate difference of only 0.003 was measured at 0.2
longitudinal strain. Considering the advantages of non-contact optical measurements,
this discrepancy can be overlooked. Therefore the strains reported in the following are
these measured by the DIC technique.
Fig 10-2 Variation of longitudinal (left) and transverse (right) true strains measured
by means of DIC at different stages of a tensile test.
Fig 10-3 Comparison of true strain measured by optical and mechanical techniques.
10.2.2 Hardening
The classical method to characterize a hardening curve for uniaxial loading includes
calculating the true stress (σ) and true longitudinal strain ( ) from the corresponding
engineering values ( and ).
(10-1a)
(10-1b)
0 20 40 60 80 100
0.28
0.42
0.56
0.70
0.84
0.98 0% Length location 100%
defo
rmation
pla
stic
Length
tru
e s
train
Length location (%)
0 20 40 60 80 100
-0.54
-0.36
-0.18
0.00
0.18
0.36
width location 0%
Wid
th t
rue s
train
Width location
pla
stic d
efo
rmation
(%)
100%
187
Regarding the DIC method, the Lagrangian strain is calculated using commercial
image correlation software (VIC-3D®) and converted to true strain. The true stress is
now obtained as the ratio of force to the instantaneous cross sectional area, which is
found by incorporating the incompressibility hypothesis for metals as discussed in
Eqn.(2-32). Values of true strains ( ) in longitudinal ( ), transverse ( ) and through
thickness ( ) directions are used to calculate the instantaneous values of width and
thickness.
(
) (10-2a)
(
) (10-2b)
(10-2c)
Using the incompressibility hypothesis
(10-3)
it can be found that
(10-4)
The instantaneous cross sectional area is calculated as
(10-5)
where the cross sectional area factor is
(10-6)
Finally, true stress is obtained by
(10-7)
where is the applied uniaxial load.
Longitudinal and transverse (width) plastic strains are calculated by
(10-8a)
(10-8b)
188 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
A Young’s modulus of =200 GPa and Poisson’s ratio of 0.3 were assigned as
elastic properties.
Fig 10-4 True strains can be determined based on a single point measurement (black
dot) or using a virtual extensometer (white line).
Two different methods were applied to investigate whether the non-uniformity of
strain at the center of the necking area, as shown in Fig 10-2, has any influence on the
calculation of the instantaneous cross section as required in Eqn.(10-7). In the first
approach, transverse and longitudinal true strains are extracted at the center of the
necking area (single point in Fig 10-4). In the second method, the transverse strain is
extracted from a virtual extensometer (line in Fig 10-4) that measures the width of the
central section of the specimen (the necking area) and the longitudinal strain is taken
as the average value for this line. At first sight, the latter approach appears to be more
realistic because it samples the entire width. Interestingly, comparing both approaches
as presented in Fig 10-5 reveals a negligible discrepancy (less than 0.5E-3).
Consequently, the single point measurement at the center of the specimen is used for
strain measurement by the DIC technique in the remainder of this work.
Fig 10-5 Discrepancy of calculations of the area factor using point and line
measurements at the specimen’s center.
Finally, the true stress versus true strain is calculated based on Eqns. (10-7) and
(10-8b). Fig 10-6 shows the obtained curves for seven orientations from 0° to 90°. At
first sight it is noted that these hardening curves might resemble an isotropic material
due to the fact that they hardly can be distinguished. However, to preserve the
189
generality of the model which shall be discussed in section 10.5 of this chapter, the
directional hardening curves are assumed independent from each other.
Fig 10-6 Experimentally measured hardening curves for DC06 at seven orientations
(slight discontinuity due to slight increase of strain rate described in Section 10.2.1).
Curve fitting based on Swift’s hardening law (Eqn.(3-1d)), Voce law (Eqn.(3-1c)),
and combined Swift-Voce law (Eqn.(3-2)) was carried out and the parameters are
respectively presented in Table 10-1, Table 10-2 and Table 10-3. In Section 3.3 an
excellent fit for steels and aluminum alloys was shown to be achieved by the
combined Swift-Voce hardening law. Similar comparison is also is brought in Fig
10-7 which shows that this hardening law avoids saturation and non-saturation trends
as generated respectively by Voce and Swift laws.
Fig 10-7 Examples of curve fitting to stress-strain data measured at 0° and 45° using
Swift, Voce and combined Swift-Voce (CSV) hardening laws illustrating the
excellent fit of CSV.
It is noticed that the experimental hardening data in Fig 10-7 are plotted up to 0.3
plastic strain which is beyond the diffuse necking (which occurred at 0.2 strain). This
is possible as shown by Iadicola (2011) who combined the full field optical technique
190 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
with X-ray diffraction method and proved that the uniaxiality condition for the tensile
test is not breached even at a strain value equal to twice the strain at which diffuse
necking occurs. Nonetheless, this should not be taken as a general rule but, simply,
could be the justification to use higher stress-strain data for a better curve fitting
based on simple tensile test results.
Table 10-1 Parameters of Swift hardening law.
0° 580.436 0.002 0.285
15° 587.393 0.002 0.283
30° 584.845 0.004 0.288
45° 582.459 0.003 0.286
60° 577.100 0.003 0.284
75° 582.834 0.003 0.283
90° 580.941 0.003 0.281
Table 10-2 Parameters of Voce hardening law.
0° 131.662 267.960 11.353
15° 136.180 266.771 11.533
30° 135.604 272.111 11.877
45° 136.142 265.572 11.151
60° 135.753 260.701 11.516
75° 136.372 264.441 11.533
90° 138.814 263.458 11.275
Table 10-3 Parameters of combined Swift-Voce (CSV) hardening law.
0° 539.542 0.012 0.326 0.848 557.223 34.822 29.247
15° 669.128 0.092 0.535 0.649 408.32 25.302 14.290
30° 488.056 0.000 0.390 0.468 288.963 13.258 209.536
45° 581.667 0.024 0.946 0.644 457.245 22.122 325.168
60° 617.050 0.257 1.000 0.593 410.000 21.844 82.687
75° 586.481 0.042 1.000 0.624 454.761 21.635 298.764
90° 637.222 0.062 0.937 0.568 381.940 21.593 239.494
10.2.3 Lankford coefficients
Based on Eqns. (10-8a) and (10-8b) the width to length plastic strain ratios are
calculated for each orientation. The obtained results are plotted in Fig 10-8.
191
Fig 10-8 Experimentally determined width to length plastic strain ratios at seven
orientations.
As described in Section 4.2.1, the Lankford coefficient (also called r-value or plastic
strain ratio), is defined by the ratio of width to thickness plastic strain increments.
However, due to practical difficulties associated with the direct measurement of
thickness strains in sheet metals, this quantity is calculated based on the
incompressibility hypothesis and using increments of plastic strains at tensile loading
direction and at direction 90°+ , denoted respectively by and
.
Correspondingly, the Lankford coefficient at orientation was defined in Eqn.(4-
1a) as
(10-9)
In accordance with ISO 10113 the linear regression of width versus length true plastic
strain data (between specified lower and upper limits of plastic strain) is used to
calculate the Lankford coefficient. In this study we chose 0 and 0.3 respectively for
lower and upper limits of plastic strain when a fixed Lankford coefficient is
considered. If the gradient to (the linear curve fits of) these curves is , then the
Lankford coefficient is obtained by
(10-10)
10.3 Experimental observations on anisotropy evolution
10.3.1 Yield stress
In the majority of the yield functions (and for all anisotropic models discussed in
chapter 4) it is assumed that the directional normalized yield stresses (stress
directionalities) are not sensitive to additional plastic deformation. Therefore the yield
192 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
surface expands proportionally in all directions (considering isotropic hardening) with
increase of plastic strain and the shape of the yield surface is constant regardless of
the level of plastic work. For instance, considering the sheet metal DC06, the constant
normalized yield stresses at a very small plastic strain 0.001 were assumed for the
entire plastic deformation, Fig 10-9.
Fig 10-9 An example of fixed normalized yield stresses.
However, a closer look to the hardening curves at, for instance, 0°, 45° and 90° as
shown in Fig 10-10 reveals a distortion on the proportionality of the hardening curves
with plastic deformation. This implies that the shape of the yield function will change
with deformation. In other words, the variation of Lankford coefficients can be
expected.
Fig 10-10 Distortion of hardening proportionality with increasing plastic strain.
193
Calculation of directional yield stress requires the principle of plastic work
equivalence. This principle describes that yielding at various stress states happens
when the stress state is on the same plastic work contour. This principle is
schematized in Fig 10-11. In other words, the true stress versus true longitudinal
plastic strain at each orientation must be converted to true stress versus equivalent
true plastic strain ( .
Fig 10-11 Principle of plastic work equivalence
First, the equality of equivalent plastic strain ( ) with longitudinal plastic strain (
)
in the rolling direction must be reminded. Referring to chapter 8 (section 8.2), for a
non-AFR model it was shown that
(10-11)
When yielding occurs in the rolling direction then
(10-12)
From Euler’s theorem
(10-13)
Substitution of Eqn.(10-13) and (10-12) into (10-11)
(10-14)
w0
P (
p
) = w
P (
p
)
°0° (RD)
p
Longitudinal true plastic strain at °
w
pTru
e s
tress
Longitudinal true plastic strain at 0°
= Equivalent plastic strain
p
T
rue s
tress
w0
p
194 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
Accumulated longitudinal and equivalent plastic strains are calculated by
∫ (10-15a)
∫
(10-15b)
As shown in Fig 10-11 the plastic work at any plastic strain in the rolling direction is
∫ (
)
(10-16)
with ( ) representing the hardening curve in rolling direction.
Next, the yield stress at degrees orientation (denoted by ) corresponding to the
same amount of plastic work has to be determined. Hereto an iteration scheme
such as Newton-Raphson is employed to find the longitudinal plastic strain at
degrees orientation that results in a plastic work equal to . The stress
corresponding to directional strain
is determined based on CSV hardening model.
In Fig 10-12, a plot of plastic work versus equivalent plastic strain is illustrated.
Fig 10-12 Plastic work versus equivalent plastic strain.
A code was developed (in Mathematica® v9) which calculates the yield stress for
starting from 0 to 0.3 at each 0.002 increment for 0°, 15°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75° and 90°
orientations. Considering the computation time, all the results are generated in less
than 10 minutes.
In Fig 10-13, it is shown that the trend of directional yield stresses (normalized with
respect to rolling direction) at the onset of deformation denoted by MPa
and corresponding to
is largely distorted at higher values of plastic work.
195
Fig 10-13 Evolution of yield stress anisotropy for various amounts of plastic work
(MPa).
Fig 10-14 shows that the trend irregularly changes with additional plastic work but
after around .1 the differences remain very small. Consequently, two
statements can be made here. First, it is concluded that the initial yield stress ratio is
not a good criterion to determine the anisotropic coefficients of a yield function when
distortional hardening is not considered. Second, the model which is presented in
section 10.5 is capable of predicting even those small and irregular changes in the
plastic work dependent yield stress directionalities. This is a considerable advantage
when dealing with highly anisotropic materials. It must be noted that completely
constant normalized yield stresses is a rare characteristic in sheet metals and every
material exhibits a degree of distortional hardening.
Fig 10-14 Instantaneous variation of directional normalized yield stresses with respect
to equivalent plastic strain.
196 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
10.3.2 Lankford coefficient
In section 10.2.3, the conventional method of calculating the Lankford coefficient was
described. An example of a linear curve fit ( ) to the experimental width to
length plastic strain ratio is shown in Fig 10-15.
(10-17)
Fig 10-15 Linear and 3rd order polynomial fits to the experimental width to length
plastic strain ratios.
Corresponding parameters for seven orientations are given in Table 10-4. To use
Eqn.(10-10) one should note that . Corresponding fixed Lankford coefficients
at seven orientations are plotted in Fig 10-16.
Table 10-4 Parameters of linear fit.
0° 0.0001 -0.6421
15° 0 -0.6421
30° 0.0005 -0.6463
45° -0.0001 -0.667
60° -0.0001 -0.6936
75° 0.0002 -0.7164
90° 0.0002 -0.7168
197
Fig 10-16 Prediction of directional Lankford coefficient using a linear fit function.
It would be more advantageous to measure the instantaneous instead of the constant
Lankford coefficients. For instance, one may suggest using a polynomial function
(Safaei and De Waele, 2012). Correspondingly, a third order polynomial fit (further
called Poly3) would be
(10-18)
Accordingly, in Fig 10-15 the third order polynomial fit to the experimental width to
length plastic strain ratio is also shown for the rolling direction. Parameters of Poly3
are provided in Table 10-5.
An appropriate evaluation of the curve fit function can be achieved by comparing the
residual values between curve fit model and experimental data. The residuals
corresponding to the linear and Poly3 fits are plotted in Fig 10-17. The absolute
residual value of the linear fit is about 0.005. However, the Poly3 fit makes an
excellent fit to the experimental data by producing a maximum absolute discrepancy
of 0.001.
Table 10-5 Parameters of Poly3.
0° 0.0008 -0.6763 0.1343 0.0174
15° 0.0005 -0.6619 0.0597 0.0941
30° 0.0008 -0.6606 0.0153 0.1404
45° 0.0003 -0.6808 0.0249 0.1241
60° 0.0003 -0.7102 0.0425 0.107
75° 0.0005 -0.7309 0.0292 0.1243
90° 0.0005 -0.7277 0.0088 0.1459
198 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
Fig 10-17 Residual of Poly3 and linear fits to experimental width versus longitudinal
plastic strains.
It must be noted that the derivative of the function which determines the final
Lankford coefficient is significantly sensitive to the residual. This sensitivity is
evident from Fig 10-18 which shows instantaneous Lankford coefficients versus
longitudinal plastic strain obtained by the Poly3 fit. A significant decreasing trend in
the Lankford values is observed. Similar convex-like evolution of Lankford
coefficients as seen in Fig 10-18 has been obtained very recently by viscoplastic self-
consistent polycrystal formulation (VPSC) (An et al., 2013)
To accommodate the use of these evolutionary curves in a plasticity model, the
directional longitudinal plastic strains must be converted to equivalent plastic strains.
This conversion was carried out using the methodology described in section 10.3.1
(using the principle of equivalent plastic work). Consequently, the Lankford
coefficient versus both longitudinal and equivalent plastic strains at seven orientations
is plotted in Fig 10-19. It is noticed that the difference is negligible. This is due to the
fact that the hardening behavior of the sheet metal DC06 is very close to an isotropic
material. However, this simplification is not taken into account and the approach in
this work is based on independent hardening curves. The evolution of Lankford
directionality with increase of plastic deformation is shown in Fig 10-20. It is
observed that the evolution of Lankford coefficient from 0° to 90° changes with
plastic deformation.
199
Fig 10-18 Prediction of directional Lankford coefficient with respect to longitudinal
plastic strain using a polynomial (Poly3) fit function.
Fig 10-19 Prediction of directional Lankford coefficient with respect to equivalent
plastic strain using a polynomial (Poly3) fit function.
200 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
Fig 10-20 Evolution of Lankford coefficient at various orientations illustrated for
increasing equivalent plastic strain.
10.4 Anisotropic models
In this section the capabilities of non-AFR Hill 1948 and non-AFR Yld2000-2d
models are evaluated. Evaluation is performed in terms of prediction of Lankford
coefficient and normalized yield stress at every 15° from rolling direction to
transverse direction. The model parameters are calibrated at various levels of plastic
work separately. Therefore, the continuous evolution is not yet considered in the
models. In other words, the aim of this section is to investigate whether those
anisotropic models have enough predictability to be modified into an evolutionary
anisotropic model.
10.4.1 Non-AFR Hill 1948 model
In Section 5.4.1, the non-AFR Hill 1948 model was fully described. In Section 7.2.2,
it was shown that this model generates accurate results in terms of Lankford
coefficients at 0°, 45° and 90° orientations. However, the prediction for balanced
biaxial stress state and other in-plane orientations is not guaranteed. Similarly, in
terms of yield stress prediction, only the 0°, 45° and 90° uniaxial orientations and
balanced biaxial state are guaranteed. In summary, this model might not be the best
choice for highly anisotropic materials.
In this work regarding the sheet metal DC06, the Lankford coefficient at balanced
biaxial stress state is assumed to be similar to that of 0° direction. The yield stress at
201
the balanced biaxial state is assumed to be the average of these corresponding to the
0° and 90° orientations.
In this section, the parameters of both plastic potential and yield functions are
calibrated at small equivalent plastic strain increments. Parameter values are given in
Table 10-6. In Fig 10-21 the evolution of parameters with respect to equivalent plastic
strain are plotted.
Table 10-6 Parameters of non-AFR Hill 1948 model
0.001 0.676 1.519 0.929 0.451 1.209 0.785
0.050 0.663 1.528 0.913 0.502 1.535 1.006
0.100 0.649 1.533 0.899 0.494 1.479 0.975
0.150 0.635 1.535 0.887 0.494 1.476 0.975
0.200 0.620 1.532 0.878 0.495 1.480 0.98
0.250 0.606 1.526 0.87 0.496 1.476 0.982
0.300 0.591 1.516 0.864 0.494 1.460 0.977
Fig 10-21 Evolution of of non-AFR Hill 1948 model parameters.
For most model parameters a saturating trend is observed from an equivalent plastic
strain onwards (also in Table 10-6). Continuous evolution is observed for
the parameters of the plastic potential function. Fig 10-22 and Fig 10-23 illustrate the
shape of respectively plastic potential and yield functions in normalized stress space.
Fig 10-22 indicates that the shape of the yield surface at large strains is stagnated. In
Fig 10-23 the correlation between moderate changes of parameters and shape of
plastic potential surface can be perceived. The normal to (gradient of) the plastic
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.300.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8DC06
p
p
p
y
y
y
Hill
1948 c
oeff
icie
nts
Equivalent plastic strain
202 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
potential function is very sensitive to any (even slight) change in the shape of the
surface.
Fig 10-22 Two-dimensional representation of Hill 1948 yield function at various
equivalent plastic strains.
Fig 10-23 Two-dimensional representation of Hill 1948 plastic potential function at
various equivalent plastic strains.
In Fig 10-24, the predictions of normalized yield stresses are shown. As stated at the
beginning of this section, the non-AFR Hill 1948 model only guarantees accuracy at
0°, 45° and 90° among all in-plane orientations. The investigated DC06 steel is prone
203
to almost isotropic yield stress behavior after an equivalent plastic strain .
Therefore the accuracy of non-AFR Hill 1948 model enhances at higher plastic
deformations. The prediction of Lankford coefficients at various levels of plastic
deformation is shown in Fig 10-25. Analogously to the yield stress prediction, the
accuracy of the model enhances with increase of plastic strain.
Fig 10-24 Prediction of yield stress by non-AFR Hill 1948 model at different levels of
equivalent plastic strain.
Fig 10-25 Prediction of directional Lankford coefficients by non-AFR Hill 1948
model at different levels of equivalent plastic strain.
204 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
10.4.2 Non-AFR Yld2000-2d model
In Section 5.4.2 the non-AFR Yield2000-2d model was fully described. In Section
7.3.2 its excellent prediction in terms of both Lankford coefficient and normalized
yield stress for all seven in-plane orientations and balanced biaxial stress state was
shown.
Similar to the previous section, in this section the parameters of plastic potential and
yield functions are calibrated at various plastic work increments. The parameters are
given in Table 10-7 and Table 10-8. As seen in Table 10-7 and Table 10-8, the
optimized parameters at various equivalent plastic strains (or plastic works) are not
scattered and they are optimized to be close to each other. To obtain such
compatibility, first parameters are optimized at an arbitrary equivalent plastic strain
such as . Then parameters at other equivalent plastic strains must be
optimized given the parameters at as initial guess. Therefore, the obtained
parameters are close and no scattered results will be obtained. This is a crucial
prerequisite because finding a pattern in the parameters is the key point to succeed
with an evolutionary anisotropic model which is based on parameter interpolation.
More experimental inputs such as plane stress tests at RD and TD are needed to
guarantee the uniqueness of parameters.
Table 10-7 Parameters of non-AFR Yld2000-2d yield function
0.001 1.471 0.367 0.4 0.827 -0.834 -1.452 0 -1.562
0.05 1.117 1.051 1.016 0.925 -0.923 -1.271 0.862 -1.669
0.1 1.163 1.014 1.09 0.916 -0.843 -1.348 0.934 -1.56
0.15 1.159 1.048 1.377 0.924 -0.631 -1.294 1.021 -1.387
0.2 1.16 1.035 1.241 0.932 -0.769 -1.296 0.983 -1.486
0.25 1.153 1.007 1.08 0.941 -0.881 -1.25 0.842 -1.641
0.3 1.178 0.913 0.88 0.95 -0.936 -1.259 0.574 -1.701
Table 10-8 Parameters of non-AFR Yld2000-2d plastic potential
0.001 0.35 1.043 0.202 0.485 0.599 -0.185 0.549 1.543
0.05 0.336 1.025 0.178 0.5 0.613 -0.196 0.539 1.553
0.1 0.302 1.007 0.153 0.521 0.635 -0.214 0.494 1.576
0.15 0.349 0.979 0.23 0.516 0.623 -0.152 0.649 1.532
0.2 0.358 0.97 0.248 0.535 0.64 -0.138 0.691 1.508
0.25 0.302 0.94 0.242 0.559 0.676 -0.164 0.701 1.513
0.3 0.324 0.947 0.297 0.564 0.681 -0.126 0.722 1.49
205
In Fig 10-26, the directional yield stresses predicted by non-AFR Yld2000-2d model
are presented and compared with the corresponding results obtained with the non-
AFR Hill 1948 model at various equivalent plastic strains. As expected, the
predictions from the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model are excellent at all orientations. An
exception is noticed for the very small plastic deformation (almost initial state). The
dominance of the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model over the non-AFR Hill 1948 model is
clear. In Fig 10-27, a similar comparison is presented for Lankford coefficients. Again
an excellent prediction by the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model is observed.
It must be noted that in the current section, the predictions have been carried out
based on independent sets of parameters. In other words, the models themselves do
not yet take into account the evolution. The comparisons were presented to show the
capacities of the models at various levels of plastic deformation.
206 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
Fig 10-26 Comparison of predicted directional yield stresses by non-AFR Yld2000-2d
and non-AFR Hill 1948 models at various equivalent plastic strains.
Fig 10-27 Comparison of predicted directional Lankford coefficients by non-AFR
Yld2000-2d and non-AFR Hill 1948 models at various equivalent plastic strains.
10.5 Evolutionary anisotropic models
10.5.1 State of the art
Several researchers have developed methodologies to incorporate variation of
anisotropy into their finite element simulations. For instance, Stoughton and Yoon
(2005) proposed a non-associated flow model in which the hardening at 0°, 45°, 90°
uniaxial stress and balanced biaxial stress state are explicitly incorporated into the
Hill 1948 yield function. A significant improvement was reported, especially for the
prediction of biaxial hardening for stainless steels 719-B and 718-AT, and aluminum
alloys AA5182-O and AA6022-T4 even when compared with the non-quadratic AFR
Yld2000-2d anisotropic yield function. Abedrabbo et al (2006a, b) used third and fifth
207
order polynomial functions to predict the variation of anisotropy coefficient with
respect to temperature. Hu (2007) introduced a formulation in his yield criterion in
which directional hardenings were described explicitly. Zamiri and Pourboghrat
(2007) introduced the evolution of Lankford coefficients in the r-based Hill 1948
model. Aretz (2008) proposed a yield function based on linear transformation of stress
tensors in which the yield stress at different orientations is determined by an
equivalent plastic work theorem incorporated in a user material subroutine. Wang
(2009) updated the Yld2000-2d model parameters with effective plastic strain using
sixth order polynomial functions. Very recently Yoon et al (2010) used the plastic
work equivalence theorem as an iterative manner to find the yield stresses and model
parameters for Yld2000-2d and CPB06ex2 (Plunkett et al., 2008) anisotropic yield
functions. Darbandi and Pourboghrat (2011) implemented the evolution of Lankford
coefficients into the AFR Yld2000-2d model.
Nonetheless efforts made, none of the above models combines simplicity and
accuracy. For instance, the model of Aretz (2008) requires iteration inside the
material subroutine, which slows down the simulation speed. The model suggested by
Yoon et al (2010) only predicts hardening at 0°, 45° and 90° orientations. The model
proposed by Wang (2009) lacks efficiency due to incorporating only 4 stress states.
The model of Hu (2007) only works if Swift hardening is assumed and moreover,
only a specific type (saturating) of evolution of Lankford coefficients can be modeled.
In the model of Zamiri and Pourboghrat (2007) the distortion of hardening was not
considered and lacks efficiency due to limitation of r-based Hill 1948 and
incorporating only four Lankford coefficients.
10.5.2 Evolutionary non-AFR Yld2000-2d model
In this section, the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model discussed in chapter 4 is converted
into an evolutionary model to simply incorporate the evolution of both Lankford
coefficient and yield stress directionalities at seven uniaxial and one balanced biaxial
stress conditions. Simplicity of the model which accommodates its use in the finite
element code Abaqus is a priority. For instance, the integration scheme is similar to
the one used in chapter 5 or any of those described in Chapter 8.
The methodology to constitute the evolutionary non-AFR Yld2000-2d anisotropic
model is as follows:
1. Find accurate descriptions (e.g. CSV in Eqn.(3-2)) for the hardening curves
corresponding to 7 uniaxial states plus one balanced biaxial one.
2. Determine Poly3 curve fits, Eqn. (10-18), to the Lankford coefficients at 7
uniaxial stress states plus one balanced biaxial one.
3. Find directional Lankford coefficients and normalized yield stresses at small
plastic work increments or equivalent plastic strains using an inverse
208 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
iterative method and imposing the principle of plastic work equivalence.
This is the most challenging part.
4. Optimize the parameters of both yield and plastic potential functions of the
non-AFR Yld2000-2d model. Select a set of parameters for these two
functions at an arbitrary plastic work value as initial guess for the parameters
at other quantities of plastic work.
5. Apply a 4th order polynomial fit (Poly4, defined in Eqn.(10-19) ) to the
parameters of plastic potential and yield stress functions.
The Poly4 is defined by
(10-19)
In summary, each of the 16 parameters of the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model are fourth
order polynomial functions of equivalent plastic strain. The parameters of Poly4 for
yield and plastic potential functions of the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model are given
respectively in Table 10-9 and Table 10-10. It was found that optimization of Poly4
parameters to the parameters of yield and plastic potential functions, yields
appropriate accuracy for increments equal to 0.05 equivalent plastic strain.
Table 10-9 Parameters of Poly4 for yield function parameters.
1.48 0.36 0.40 0.83 -0.82 -1.45 -0.01 -1.55
-12.01 22.28 14.20 3.18 -8.02 6.05 26.31 -8.56
133.84 -232.41 -75.48 -34.13 146.62 -76.01 -240.97 154.91
-572.44 963.5 160.63 145.13 -757.16 358.90 937.83 -798.1
829.56 -1387.02 -164.67 -207.18 1177.86 -552.26 -1351.81 1237.66
Table 10-10 Parameters of Poly4 for plastic potential function parameters.
0.357 1.043 0.209 0.483 0.596 -0.179 0.559 1.539
-1.831 -0.468 -2.236 0.795 1.005 -1.795 -2.512 1.063
26.149 2.340 31.360 -8.805 -13.013 28.133 34.751 -12.788
-125.299 -18.124 -138.189 45.547 67.472 -132.518 -122.279 45.836
190.311 39.785 205.462 -73.306 -106.901 201.671 134.071 -55.893
In Fig 10-28, the excellent fit of Poly4 to the parameters of Yld2000-2d yield stress
function (Table 10-7) is shown. Identically, Fig 10-29 shows the excellent fit of Poly4
to the Yld2000-2d plastic potential parameters (Table 10-8). These results indicate
209
that a 4th order polynomial curve fit is highly accurate for simulation of parameter
evolution.
Fig 10-28 Polynomial fit (Poly4) to the parameters of the yield function of non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model.
In Fig 10-30, the evolution of the yield function Yld2000-2d at various levels of
equivalent plastic strain is presented. Shown are the contours of the three dimensional
yield surface corresponding to different levels of shear stress (0.07 increment). In Fig
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.301.00
1.35
1.70 0.00
0.65
1.300.2
0.7
1.2
0.8
0.9
1.0-1.2
-0.8
-0.4 -1.50
-1.39
-1.28
-1.17-0.2
0.3
0.8
-1.8
-1.5
-1.2
Para
mete
rs o
f Y
ld2000-2
d y
ield
str
ess function (
non-A
FR
)
Equivalent plastic strain
Poly4
Input parameters
210 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
10-31, the yield surfaces are presented in one plot which visualizes the evolution
more clearly.
Fig 10-29 Polynomial fit (Poly4) to the parameters of the plastic potential function of
non-AFR Yld2000-2d model.
Previously, in Fig 10-14 it was shown that the level of distortion of the hardening
decreases after except for orientation. Accordingly, in Fig 10-31 it is
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.300.23
0.35
0.47
0.59 0.900
0.957
1.014
0.10
0.23
0.36
0.49 0.4
0.5
0.60.5
0.6
0.7 -0.3
-0.2
-0.10.40
0.57
0.74
1.5
1.6
1.7
Poly4
Input parameters
Para
mete
rs o
f Y
ld2000-2
d p
ote
ntial fu
nction (
non-A
FR
)
Equivalent plastic strain
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
211
shown that those small variations in the directional hardenings after result in
negligible changes in the shape of the yield surface.
Fig 10-30 Yield surface contours at 0.001, 0.1, 0.2 and 0.3 equivalent plastic strain
and different levels of shear stress.
Fig 10-31 Yield surfaces at various equivalent plastic strains.
In Fig 10-32, the two-dimensional representations of evolutionary plastic potential
function at various equivalent plastic strains are illustrated. Again, the surface
contours correspond to increments of 0.07 shear stress. The change in the shape of
212 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
these surfaces is observed with respect to increase of plastic deformation. In Fig
10-33 plastic potential surfaces at various equivalent plastic strains are compared in
one plot.
Fig 10-32 Plastic potential surface contours at 0.001, 0.1, 0.2 and 0.3 equivalent
plastic strain and different levels of shear stress.
Fig 10-33 Plastic potential surfaces at various equivalent plastic strains
In Fig 10-34 and Fig 10-35 respectively the yield and plastic potential surfaces are
illustrated in three-dimensional normalized stress space.
213
Fig 10-36 presents the simulations of evolution of directional normalized yield stress
with regard to plastic deformation at each orientation based on the evolutionary non-
AFR Yld2000-2d model. Similar results for evolution of directional Lankford
coefficients using the evolutionary non-AFR Yld2000-2d model are given in Fig
10-37. Based on these plots, the significant predictabilities of evolutionary non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model in terms of evolutionary directional Lankford coefficients and
yield stresses are evident. It is worth noting that the slight changes in shape of the
plastic potential function (Fig 10-33) result in an accurate prediction of changes in
Lankford coefficients at various levels of plastic work.
Fig 10-34 Three dimensional representation of yield surfaces at 0.001, 0.1, 0.2 and 0.3
equivalent plastic strain.
It has to be reminded that this evolutionary anisotropic model automatically updates
its parameters for every equivalent plastic strain based on a fourth order polynomial
function.
It is interesting to evaluate the results of this approach in terms of yield stresses and
Lankford coefficients with similar results obtained by the separate sets of parameters
that were used for Poly4 calibration (as presented in Table 10-7 and Table 10-8).
214 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
The ideal result would of course be a perfect correspondence. To this end, Fig 10-36
and Fig 10-37 show the evolution of respectively normalized yield stresses and
Lankford coefficients by evolutionary non-AFR Yld2000-2d model and non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model which is updated by independent sets of parameters given in Table
10-7 and Table 10-8. Considering the qualitative complexities in the yield stress
directionalities at each level of plastic deformation, the evolutionary non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model interestingly predicts very well the directionality of those obtained
experimentally and also of these predicted by independent sets of parameters given in
Table 10-7 (Fig 10-36). A difference in absolute values can be observed for
equivalent plastic strain 0.2, but this is a normal consequence of using a polynomial
approximation of the real evolutionary data.
Fig 10-35 Three dimensional representation of plastic potential functions at 0.001,
0.1, 0.2 and 0.3 equivalent plastic strain and different levels of shear stress.
Similarly, from Fig 10-37 it can be clearly concluded that the evolutionary non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model remarkably reproduces the experimental results and those obtained
by independent sets of parameters given in Table 10-8.
215
Fig 10-36 Predicted evolution of yield stress directionality by evolutionary non-AFR
Yld2000-2d model (Poly4) compared with experimental results and results obtained
using indepenent parameters (Table 10-7) at various equivalent plastic strains.
Fig 10-37 Predicted evolution of Lankford coefficient directionality by evolutionary
non-AFR Yld2000-2d model (Poly4) compared with experimental results and results
obtained using indepenent parameters (Table 10-8) at various equivalent plastic
strains.
In Fig 10-38, evolutionary non-AFR Yld2000-2d and ordinary non-AFR Yld2000-2d
models are compared in terms of evolution of directional normalized yield stress. The
(ordinary) non-AFR Yld2000-2d model has constant parameters and only can capture
initial anisotropy. Parameters of the ordinary non-AFR Yld2000-2d model are those
corresponding to in Table 10-7 and Table 10-8. A similar comparison for
evolution of directional Lankford coefficients (r-values) is presented in Fig 10-39.
These plots prove that the current evolutionary non-AFR Yld2000-2d model can
accurately simulate the evolution of distortional hardening and directional r-values
with plastic deformation.
216 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
In conclusion, the evolutionary non-AFR Yld2000-2d model is highly capable of a)
accurate prediction of stress and Lankford coefficient directionalities and b) following
the evolutionary behavior of material during plastic deformation with great accuracy.
Fig 10-38 Predicted evolution of yield stress directionality by evolutionary and
ordinary (fixed parameter) non-AFR Yld2000-2d models at various plastic works.
217
Fig 10-39 Predicted evolution of r-value directionalities by evolutionary and ordinary
(fixed parameters) non-AFR Yld2000-2d at various plastic works.
10.5.3 Implementation using scaled simplified approach
Special attention is required to implement this evolutionary model based on the scaled
simplified method described in Section 8.3.3. Recall from Eqn.(8-26) that scaling is
applied by
218 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
(10-20)
The scaling factor must be updated only once at beginning of each iteration using the
equivalent plastic strain from previous step. Subsequently, each parameter is updated
using Eqn.(10-19).
10.6 Summary
In this chapter, the distortional hardening with increase of plastic deformation was
experimentally investigated. For the interstitial free steel DC06 (deep drawing grade),
the level of hardening distortion is remarkable between the initial state of the material
and an equivalent plastic strain of 0.1. Minor changes in the hardening were observed
after that level of deformation. In addition, it was experimentally observed that the
Lankford directionality highly evolves with plastic deformation. If an anisotropic
model from Hill’s or Barlat’s families would be chosen, then unavoidably prediction
of evolution is impossible due to the constant model parameters. Previous
developments of evolutionary anisotropic models lack combination of accuracy and
simplicity. Significant capabilities of the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model in prediction of
stress and Lankford directionalities were proven in chapter 7. Therefore, it would be
highly advantageous if one could introduce the evolution of parameters by a simple
approach. Generally spoken, introduction of the evolution of parameters is challenged
due to the lack of appropriate patterns in the evolution of parameters at various plastic
work levels. However, using a simple numerical technique, it was possible to
optimize the parameters in a way that they change around one specific set of
parameters. In a next step, a 4th order polynomial function was used to describe the
evolution of parameters with respect to equivalent plastic strain. It was shown that
this simple technique results in strong simulation of evolution of Lankford coefficient
and yield stress directionalities.
219
Bibliography
Abedrabbo, N., Pourboghrat, F., Carsley, J., 2006a. Forming of aluminum alloys at
elevated temperatures - Part 1: Material characterization. International Journal of
Plasticity 22, 314-341.
Abedrabbo, N., Pourboghrat, F., Carsley, J., 2006b. Forming of aluminum alloys at
elevated temperatures - Part 2: Numerical modeling and experimental verification.
International Journal of Plasticity 22, 342-373.
An, Y.G., Vegter, H., Melzer, S., Triguero, P.R., 2013. Evolution of the plastic
anisotropy with straining and its implication on formability for sheet metals. Journal
of Materials Processing Technology (under publication).
Aretz, H., 2008. A simple isotropic-distortional hardening model and its application in
elastic-plastic analysis of localized necking in orthotropic sheet metals. International
Journal of Plasticity 24, 1457-1480.
Darbandi, P., Pourboghrat, F., 2011. An evolutionary yield function based on Barlat
2000 yield function for the superconducting niobium sheet. AIP Conference
Proceedings 1383, 210-217.
Hu, W., 2007. Constitutive modeling of orthotropic sheet metals by presenting
hardening-induced anisotropy. International Journal of Plasticity 23, 620-639.
Iadicola, M.A., 2011. Validation of Uniaxial Data Beyond Uniform Elongation. AIP
Conference Proceedings 1383, 742-749.
Plunkett, B., Cazacu, O., Barlat, F., 2008. Orthotropic yield criteria for description of
the anisotropy in tension and compression of sheet metals. International Journal of
Plasticity 24, 847-866.
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., 2012. Plastic Strain Induced Anisotropy In Sheet Metals,
Advances in material processing and technology, Wollongong, Australia.
Stoughton, T.B., Yoon, J.W., 2005. Sheet metal formability analysis for anisotropic
materials under non-proportional loading. International Journal of Mechanical
Sciences 47, 1972-2002.
Wang, H., Wan, M., Wu, X., Yan, Y., 2009. The equivalent plastic strain-dependent
Yld2000-2d yield function and the experimental verification. Computational
Materials Science 47, 12-22.
Yoon, J.-H., Cazacu, O., Whan Yoon, J., Dick, R.E., 2010. Earing predictions for
strongly textured aluminum sheets. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 52,
1563-1578.
Zamiri, A., Pourboghrat, F., 2007. Characterization and development of an
evolutionary yield function for the superconducting niobium sheet. International
Journal of Solids and Structures 44, 8627-8647.
220 Chapter 10, Evolutionary non-AFR anisotropic model
Chapter 11
11 Conclusions
222 Chapter 11, Conclusions
11.1 Summary and main conclusions
The following subsections summarize the main conclusions of this dissertation, with
respect to the research goals that have been set forward in the first chapter.
11.1.1 Accurate description of severe anisotropy
This work mainly emphasized on the advantages of non-AFR based anisotropic yield
models for the description of severe anisotropy in sheet metals. It was investigated
whether the removal of the artificial constraint of equality of yield and plastic
potential functions in non-AFR based models can generate more accurate results as
compared to their AFR counterparts. The expectation was that due to incorporating
additional experimental data for model parameter calibration, the non-AFR approach
would allow to model severe anisotropy with higher accuracy.
To this end the non-AFR Yld2000-2d and non-AFR Hill 1948 models were
implemented into the commercial finite element software Abaqus (versions 6.10 and
6.11). To this end a user material subroutine was developed based on a fully implicit
backward Euler integration scheme. First the verification of the developed subroutine
was presented. Subsequently, a comparison was made of simulation results obtained
by AFR and non-AFR versions of the mentioned yield models. It was shown that
excellent results are achieved using the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model. It was also
shown that the same order of accuracy as obtained by the 18 parameter AFR based
Yld2004-18p model can be achieved by the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model.
Interestingly, we showed that the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model produced excellent
accuracy for the severely anisotropic fictitious FM8 material.
Even more, to evaluate the improvements of results in more demanding loading
conditions, results of cup deep drawing simulations for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3
were presented. A deep drawn cup of this material exhibits 6 ears. This can only be
predicted when the variation of in-plane anisotropy is predicted with high accuracy.
Considerable improvement was observed by applying the non-AFR Yld2000-2d
model when compared with its AFR based counterpart as well as other presented
models. It was shown that only the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model can predict the exact
number of 6 ears as observed in experimental results. Even more, prediction of 8 ears
observed in cup deep drawing of a challenging fictitious alloy was also reported in
this work based on the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model.
223
11.1.2 Combination of strong anisotropic yield function with mixed hardening
definition
Once anisotropy was described with significant accuracy, the generalization of the
model allowing inclusion of an accurate mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening
definition was presented. This generalization was performed despite the fact that
springback prediction was outside the scope of this research project. Nonetheless, the
impact of hardening definitions on the prediction of cup height was the major concern
of this part. Accordingly, cup deep drawing simulations for aluminium alloy AA5754-
O using isotropic, kinematic and mixed hardening models were presented. It was
reported that the over- and underestimation of the hardening curve generated by
isotropic and kinematic hardening respectively, is reflected in the predicted cup
height.
11.1.3 Implementation of advanced material models into commercial finite
element software
So-called user material subroutines (UMAT) for Abaqus were developed in
FORTRAN based on a fully implicit backward Euler method for the models described
in Sections 11.1.1 and 11.1.2. Various codes were developed in Mathematica® to
generate analytical results for cyclic loading conditions and uniaxial and biaxial
tensile tests. The analytical results together with experimental data were used to
extensively evaluate the developed subroutines and the strength of the developed
material models.
A part of this work was devoted to introducing a simpler version of the non-AFR
model (compared with original version) to alleviate the effort of a fully implicit
scheme. The proposed method is based on a simplification of the relation between
equivalent plastic strain and compliance factor in a non-AFR based model. It was
shown that when the non-AFR model is simplified without scaling the plastic
potential function, this results in a wrong definition of equivalent plastic strain. It
must be noted that such simplification of the non-AFR yield model without further
treatments (i.e. scaling) is physically erroneous and violates the equivalence of plastic
work. Furthermore, it was shown that this simplification leads to an overestimation of
Cauchy stress for aluminium alloy AA2090-T3 due to over prediction of equivalent
plastic strain. Accordingly we showed that this discrepancy can be improved
significantly by applying a scaling on the size of the plastic potential function. If such
scaling is carried out on the simplified model, then the equality of equivalent plastic
strain and compliance factor can be assured. This technique was evaluated for the
non-AFR Yld2000-2d model and it was shown that the proposed scaled simplified
approach highly improves the accuracy of simulation results when compared with the
un-scaled simplification. In addition, the cup drawing simulations of alloy AA2090-
224 Chapter 11, Conclusions
T3 using the scaled simplified approach show a very similar cup profile as compared
to the one obtained by the full (non-simplified) expression. These results prove that
using the scaling technique, the simplified approach can be a reliable alternative of
full expression for FE simulation.
Also with respect to implementation of the non-AFR model in a user material
subroutine, various implicit and explicit integration schemes were deployed and their
results were compared for a cup deep drawing simulation of materials AA2090-T3
and FM8. The residuals of the various models were compared at an identical punch
stroke. It was shown that the accuracy of a classical forward Euler scheme is the
worst amongst all studied approaches. However, considering a simple change to this
integration scheme generates much more accurate results (next increment correct
errors, NICE-1 technique) in a sense that it gives close results as compared to the
classic backward Euler approach with 20 iterations. It was reported that the convex
cutting plane scheme is the most accurate technique (taking into account the
computational time cost) among all schemes that were implemented in
Abaqus/Explicit.
11.1.4 Description of the evolution of anisotropy during the deformation
process
Lastly, we elaborated on experimental observations of distortional hardening,
evolution of Lankford coefficients and a model which can properly simulate those
experimental observations. The results of experimental tensile tests performed on an
interstitial free deep drawing steel DC06 confirm that an evolution of anisotropy can
be expected during plastic deformation. To include the prediction of this evolution in
the non-AFR Yld2000-2d model, a simple approach has proposed. The patterns
observed in the parameter evolution of plastic potential and yield functions were
described by fourth order polynomial functions. It was shown that such interpolation
properly simulates the pattern in the parameters of plastic potential and yield
functions. An accurate description of the evolution of the model parameters
consequently results in a reliable prediction of instantaneous r-values and yield
stresses.
11.2 Future works
This dissertation concluded that anisotropic behaviour of sheet metals can be
well predicted by the non-AFR Yld2000-2d yield model. The developed user
material subroutine has been generalized such that it is able to use any yield and
plastic potential function. However, in this work it was reported that the non-
AFR Yld2000-2d is a considerably strong model and can predict severe degree
of anisotropy with significant accuracy. Similar observations were reported for
225
advanced high strength steels such as DP600 (Taherizadeh et al., 2010) and
TRIP780, DP590 (Mohr et al., 2010). Therefore it seems that the need for an
advanced anisotropic model for proportional loading conditions and constant
anisotropic behaviour is satisfied. Furthermore, the evolution of anisotropy is
also predicted by a user-friendly evolutionary anisotropic model based on non-
AFR Yld2000-2d. Experimental analysis of evolution of hardening and r-value at
balanced biaxial test is foreseen for future work. Optimization of Zang’s
hardening parameters of DC06 using experimental data of simple shear test is
recommended as the next step.
The presented evolutionary model was a continuation of the works of Yoon et al
(2010) and Darbandi and Pourboghrat (2011). However, the model presented in
this dissertation does not take the effects of strain path changes into account.
Evolution of the yield surface under cyclic and cross strain path changes were
respectively considered in very advanced models of Barlat et al (2011) and
(2012). Application of non-AFR in those models is expected to combine the
accurate modelling of strain-path change and anisotropy, simultaneously.
The extension of the developed non-AFR based model to consider the strength-
differential effects (as observed for hexagonal closed packed materials) and also
pressure sensitive yield functions could be recommended for future works. For
instance, the non-AFR can be used for the recently proposed model of Plunkett et
al (2006) that introduced the evolution of yield surface due to texture evolution in the
CPB05 (Cazacu et al., 2006) anisotropic model for hexagonal closed packed
materials.
Other suggestions for further extension of the model capabilities are the
consideration of rate and temperature dependent effects into the developed non-
AFR model.
Finally, introduction of suited damage laws into the hardening definitions in a
non-AFR based constitutive model is recommended.
226 Chapter 11, Conclusions
Bibliography
Barlat, F., Gracio, J.J., Lee, M.-G., Rauch, E.F., Vincze, G., 2011. An alternative to
kinematic hardening in classical plasticity. International Journal of Plasticity 27,
1309-1327.
Barlat, F., Ha, J., Grácio, J.J., Lee, M.-G., Rauch, E.F., Vincze, G., 2012. Extension
of homogeneous anisotropic hardening model to cross-loading with latent effects.
International Journal of Plasticity.
Cazacu, O., Plunkett, B., Barlat, F., 2006. Orthotropic yield criterion for hexagonal
closed packed metals. International Journal of Plasticity 22, 1171-1194.
Darbandi, P., Pourboghrat, F., 2011. An evolutionary yield function based on Barlat
2000 yield function for the superconducting niobium sheet. AIP Conference
Proceedings 1383, 210-217.
Mohr, D., Dunand, M., Kim, K.-H., 2010. Evaluation of associated and non-
associated quadratic plasticity models for advanced high strength steel sheets under
multi-axial loading. International Journal of Plasticity 26, 939-956.
Plunkett, B., Lebensohn, R.A., Cazacu, O., Barlat, F., 2006. Anisotropic yield
function of hexagonal materials taking into account texture development and
anisotropic hardening. Acta Mater 54, 4159-4169.
Taherizadeh, A., Green, D.E., Ghaei, A., Yoon, J.W., 2010. A non-associated
constitutive model with mixed iso-kinematic hardening for finite element simulation
of sheet metal forming. International Journal of Plasticity 26, 288-309.
Yoon, J.-H., Cazacu, O., Whan Yoon, J., Dick, R.E., 2010. Earing predictions for
strongly textured aluminum sheets. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 52,
1563-1578.
Appendix A
A Fully implicit backward Euler
scheme
(for non-AFR anisotropic flow and mixed isotropic-
kinematic hardening)
This appendix provides a detailed description of the fully implicit backward Euler
integration scheme for non-AFR anisotropic flow and mixed hardening model
described in chapter 5.
A.1 Newton-Raphson iteration scheme
The update expressions in Eqns.(6-21a) to (6-21g) can be written in the following
forms suitable for the Newton-Raphson iteration scheme
(A- 1)
where
(A- 2)
228 Appendix A, Fully implicit backward Euler scheme
Linearization of the above and
gives
(A- 3)
[ ]{ }
where
( )
( )
(A- 4)
( )
( )
( )
( )
where means first derivative of with respect to .
( )
(A- 5)
and
(A- 6)
and
229
(A- 7)
and
(A- 8)
The system of equations in (A- 3) can be written in matrix form
⌈ ⌉
{
}
{ } { } (A- 9)
where
⌈ ⌉
[
]
(A- 10)
{ }
{
}
, { }
{
}
(A- 11)
Because effective plastic strain (
and compliance are linearly related
(A- 12)
Therefore
230 Appendix A, Fully implicit backward Euler scheme
{
}
⌈ ⌉{ } ⌈ ⌉{ } (A- 13)
Using(A- 4) to (A- 8) in (A- 10) and determining the ⌈ ⌉
⌈ ⌉
(
)
(A- 14)
where
(A- 15)
and
(A- 16)
and
(A- 17)
and
(
)
231
(A- 18)
and
(
) (A- 19)
Substituting (A- 13) in the last part of (A- 3)
[ ]
[ ] (A- 20)
⌈ ⌉
⌈ ⌉
⌈ ⌉
⌈ ⌉ ⌈ ⌉
⌈ ⌉
where ⌈ ⌉
denotes the row of associated to (first, second, third and fourth
row of respectively for , and
). Note that
⌈ ⌉
(A- 21)
⌈ ⌉
When is determined, ,
,
and
are updated using (A- 3) and
subsequently the internal parameters are updated as follows
(A- 22)
A.2 Consistent tangent modulus
The continuum (standard) elasto-plastic tangent operator relates the stress to total
strain rates. However, according to Belytschko (Belytschko et al., 2000) the
continuum (standard) elasto-plastic tangent operator can generate spurious loading
232 Appendix A, Fully implicit backward Euler scheme
and unloading condition during the abrupt transition from elastic to plastic state. In
addition, the consistent (algorithmic) tangent modulus is required to preserve the
quadratic rate of asymptotic convergence inherent to the Newton-Raphson’s iteration
nested in the fully implicit backward Euler algorithm (Simo and Hughes, 1998).
Analogously to the previous approach for finding the rate variables at time step (n+1),
the consistent modulus is obtained by linearization of the constitutive equations to
relate the stress increment to total strain increment at time (t+1). By following the
same approach described in the previous section but assuming the total strain as non-
constant and residuals ({ }) as zero, after many manipulations the closed form of
consistent tangent modulus is obtained. It is noticed that the non-symmetric consistent
modulus converts to the standard tangent operator by reducing the step size to zero.
Furthermore both consistent and tangent moduli turn to elastic stiffness matrix when
no plastic loading occurs.
We write the set of Eqns.(5-21a) to (5-21g) in rate form so that
(
)
(A- 23)
where
(A- 24)
Substituting (A- 23)_2 in (A- 23)_1 and using (A- 24) and solving for and
{
}
⌈ ⌉{ } ⌈ ⌉{ } (A- 25)
233
where
{ } {
} (A- 26)
Substituting (A- 25) into the incremental consistency condition (A- 23) _6
[ ]
[ ] (A- 27)
⌈ ⌉ ⌈ ⌉
⌈ ⌉
⌈ ⌉ ⌈ ⌉ ⌈ ⌉ (A- 28)
Substituting (A- 29) into (A- 25)
{
} [ [ ]
[ ] ] {
} (A- 30)
Finally the consistent tangent moduli is obtained
⌈ ⌉{ } ([ ] ⌈ ⌉)
[ ] ⌈ ⌉{ } (A- 31)
234 Appendix A, Fully implicit backward Euler scheme
Bibliography
Belytschko, T., Liu, W.K., Moran, B., 2000. Nonlinear finite elements for continua
and structures. John Wiley, Chichester ISBN 0471987735
Simo, J.C., Hughes, T.J.R., 1998. Computational inelasticity, Interdisciplinary applied
mathematics. Springer, New York ISBN 0387975209
Appendix B
B Parameter optimization
This appendix provides a detailed description of the parameter identification for AFR
and non-AFR anisotropic functions based on the error minimization technique.
B.1 Introduction
In order to optimize the model parameters of the yield function an error function is
minimized. To this end, the method of calculating Lankford coefficients and
normalized yield stresses at various stress states must be described.
First, one should note that the order of tensor components in this appendix is identical
to the order used in the UMAT for Abaqus/Standard for which the stress vector is
written as follows
[ ] (B- 1)
In addition, from Fig 2-1, the distinction between material orthotropic frame (xx-yy)
and a rotated frame (11-22) must be reminded.
Recall the yield criterion and a general non-quadratic yield function
( ) (B- 2)
For Barlat yield functions such as Yld96,Yld2000-2d, Yld2004-18p and Yld2004-13p
we can write
(
)
(B- 3)
236 Appendix B, Parameter optimization
with
(B- 4)
Therefore the yield function is recast to
(B- 5)
B.2 Normalized yield stress
B.2.1 Uniaxial direction
For an in-plane tensile test applied to a sample taken at degrees orientation from the
rolling direction, the corresponding stress tensor expressed in the material’s
orthotropic frame can be represented by the following vectors of rank 6 and 3 for 3D
and plane stress case, respectively (Barlat et al., 2005)
(B- 6)
where for 3D case
[ ] (B- 7)
For plane stress case
[ ] (B- 8)
where is the flow stress in the corresponding direction. Considering the AFR
Yld2000-2d model, is 0°, 45° and 90°.
As opposed to the Barlat family of yield functions, some other yield functions require
that the deviator stress should be directly given to the model such that
(B- 9)
where
[(
) (
) (
) ]
(B- 10)
For plane stress case
237
[(
) (
) ]
(B- 11)
Finally, the flow stress can be normalized with respect to the flow stress at rolling
direction ( )
|| ||
(
)
(B- 12)
where || || is normalized yield stress, k is equal to 2 for Yld2000-2d and Yld2004-
13p models and 4 for Yld2004-18p model.
B.2.2 Balanced biaxial condition
For in-plane balanced biaxial tension, the stress is represented by
(B- 13)
For 3D case
[ ] (B- 14)
For plane stress condition
[ ] (B- 15)
When deviator stress has to be directly given to the yield function then
(B- 16)
where
[
]
(B- 17)
For plane stress case
[
]
(B- 18)
Finally, the normalized flow stress || || is
|| ||
(
)
(B- 19)
238 Appendix B, Parameter optimization
B.2.3 Out-of-plane direction
For 3D functions such as the Yld2004-18p model the out-of-plane normalized flow
stresses || || might be necessary
|| ||
( ) (
( ))
(B- 20)
where for 45° tension at (TD-ND) plane is
[ ] (B- 21)
When deviator stress is required
[ ] (B- 22)
And for 45° tension at (ND-RD) plane
[ ] (B- 23)
When deviator stress is required
[ ] (B- 24)
For a simple shear test at (TD-ND) plane
[ ] (B- 25)
For a simple shear test at (ND-RD) plane
[ ] (B- 26)
B.3 Lankford coefficient
B.3.1 Uniaxial direction
The Lankford coefficient at the corresponding uniaxial direction is
(B- 27)
239
Using the incompressibility hypothesis
(
) (
) (B- 28)
Substitution of Eqn.(B- 28) into Eqn. (B- 27) leads to
(B- 29a)
(B- 29b)
(B- 29c)
Also
(B- 30)
Recall that is the normal to the yield surface in AFR.
Applying Euler’s theorem to the first order homogenous yield function , at
uniaxial tension direction we have
(B- 31)
Here is an auxiliary uniaxial tensile stress at direction (i.e. ).
Therefore
(B- 32)
Finally, the Lankford coefficient at degrees orientation with respect to the rolling
direction is
(B- 33a)
|| ||( ) (B- 33b)
B.3.2 Balanced biaxial condition
Calculation of Lankford coefficient at balanced biaxial condition is straightforward
240 Appendix B, Parameter optimization
(B- 34)
B.4 Error function
In general, the error function which should be minimized is defined by
∑ (||
||
||
|| ) ∑ (
) (B- 35)
Or in a simpler form
∑ ( ||
|| ) ∑ (
) (B- 36)
The superscripts and respectively denote experimental and simulated values,
p is the number of all experimental yield stresses, q represents the number of
experimental Lankford coefficients and is a weighting factor. In the above equation
represents the set of model parameters (Barlat et al., 2005).
B.4.1 AFR Yld2000-2d model
Considering the AFR Yld2000-2d model the error function is minimized using
experimental uniaxial data at and 90° and balanced biaxial state (i.e.
).
B.4.2 Non-AFR Yld2000-2d model
In this case, the parameters of yield and plastic potential functions are optimized
separately.
Considering the yield function, is set zero. Subsequently, optimization is performed
based on experimental yield stresses at and and
balanced biaxial condition (i.e. ).
Considering the plastic potential function, the Lankford coefficient at
corresponding uniaxial direction is
(B- 37)
And the coefficient at balanced biaxial condition is
(B- 38)
241
Subsequently, the minimization of error function in Eqn.(B- 36) is performed with
set to zero and using experimental Lankford coefficients at
and and balanced biaxial condition (i.e. ).
242 Appendix B, Parameter optimization
Bibliography
Barlat, F., Aretz, H., Yoon, J.W., Karabin, M.E., Brem, J.C., Dick, R.E., 2005. Linear
transfomation-based anisotropic yield functions. International Journal of Plasticity 21,
1009-1039.
Publications
A1 - Peer reviewed journal publications included in Science Citation
Index
Safaei, M., Zang, S.L., Lee, M.G., De Waele, W., 2012. Evaluation of Anisotropic
Constitutive Models: Mixed Anisotropic Hardening and Non-associated Flow Rule
Approach. International Journal of mechanical Sciences (DOI
10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2013.04.003).
Safaei, M., Yoon, J.-W., De Waele, W., Study on the definition of effective plastic
strain under non-associated flow rule. International Journal of Plasticity (submitted).
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., Hertschap, K., 2012. Characterization of deep drawing
steels using optical strain measurements. Steel Research International,4, 403-406.
Safaei, M., Lee, M.G., Zang, S.L., De Waele, W., An evolutionary anisotropic model
for sheet metals based on non-associated flow rule approach. Computational
Materials Science (under review).
Safaei, M., Lee, M.G., De Waele, W., Evaluation of various implementation schemes
of asociated and non-associated flow rule based metal plasticity models.
International Journal for Numerical Methods in Engineering (in preparation).
A2 - Peer reviewed journal publications not included in Science Citation
Index
Khalili, K., Safaei, M., 2009. FEM analysis of edge preparation for chamfered tools.
International Journal of Material Forming 2, 217-224.
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., 2011. An implicit return mapping algorithm for anisotropic
plasticity with mixed non-linear kinematic-isotropic hardening. Mechanical
Engineering Letters 5, 17-29.
244 Publications
P1 – Publications in conference proceedings included in Science Citation
Index
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., Hertschap, K., 2010. Finite element analysis of influence
of material anisotropy on the springback of advanced high strength steel, in: Chinesta,
F., Chastel, Y., El Mansori, M. (Eds.), AIP Conference Proceedings. American
Institute of Physics (AIP), pp. 371-376.
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., Zang, S.L., 2012. Evaluation of associated and non-
associated flow metal plasticity: application for DC06 deep drawing steel, in:
Merklein, M., Hagenah, H. (Eds.), Key Engineering Materials. Trans Tech, pp. 661-
666.
C1 – Publications in conference proceedings
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., 2011a. A constitutive plasticity for non-linear mixed
hardening and Hill's quadratic yield criteria, in: Kurják, Z., Magó, L. (Eds.), Synergy in the technical development of agriculture and food industry (Synergy2011). Szent
István University. Faculty of Mechanical Engineering.
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., 2011b. Development of a continuum plasticity model for
the commercial finite element code ABAQUS, in: Van Wittenberghe, J. (Ed.),
Sustainable Construction and Design, 2 ed. Ghent University, Laboratory Soete, pp.
275-283.
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., 2011c. Towards better finite element modelling of elastic
recovery in sheet metal forming of advanced high strength steel, in: Van
Wittenberghe, J. (Ed.), Sustainable Construction and Design, 2 ed. Ghent University,
Laboratory Soete, pp. 217-227.
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., Zang, S.-l., 2012. A rate-independent non-associated constitutive model for finite element simulation of sheet metal forming, in: Khan, A.
(Ed.), Plasticity and its Current Applications, 18th International symposium,
Proceedings. Numerical Engineering Analysis and Testing (NEAT), pp. 61-63.
Safaei, M., Movahhedy, M.R., Khalili, K., 2009. FEM analysis of edge preparation
for chamfered tools, in: Arrazola, P.J. (Ed.), Proceedings of the 12th CIRP conference
on modelling of machining operations. Mondragon Unibertsitateko Zerbitzu, pp. 187-
193.
C3 – Conference abstracts
Safaei, M., 2010. Influence of contact and material models on springback simulation
in sheet metal forming, UGent-FirW Doctoraatssymposium, 11e. Universiteit Gent.
Faculteit Ingenieurswetenschappen.
Safaei, M., De Waele, W., Yoon, J.-W., 2013. Earing predictions using different
associated and non-associated plasticity models, in: Khan, A. (Ed.), 19th International
245
Symposium on Plasticity and its Current Applications, Abstracts. Numerical
Engineering Analysis and Testing (NEAT), Inc.
246 Publications